<?xml version='1.0' encoding='UTF-8'?><?xml-stylesheet href="http://www.blogger.com/styles/atom.css" type="text/css"?><feed xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom' xmlns:openSearch='http://a9.com/-/spec/opensearchrss/1.0/' xmlns:blogger='http://schemas.google.com/blogger/2008' xmlns:georss='http://www.georss.org/georss' xmlns:gd="http://schemas.google.com/g/2005" xmlns:thr='http://purl.org/syndication/thread/1.0'><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-6538092637525795247</id><updated>2025-05-22T18:03:58.948-07:00</updated><category term="SAP"/><category term="JAVA Interview"/><category term="Java"/><category term=".NET"/><category term=".NET Interview"/><category term="Data Warehousing"/><category term="Informatica"/><category term="Informatica Interview"/><category term="Oracle"/><category term="SAP CO"/><category term="SAP CO Interview"/><category term="SAP Logistics"/><category term="BASIS"/><category term="MySQL"/><category term="MySQL Interview"/><category term="ORACLE APPS DBA"/><category term="Oracle APPS DBA Interview"/><category term="SAP BASIS"/><category term="SAP BASIS Interview"/><category term="C"/><category term="C Interview"/><category term="ORACLE PL/SQL"/><category term="ORACLE TECHNICAL"/><category term="Oracle PLSQL Interview"/><category term="Oracle Technical Interview"/><category term="SAP ABAP"/><category term="SAP ABAP Interview"/><category term="SAP FI"/><category term="SAP FI Interview"/><category term="SAP MM"/><category term="SAP MM Interview"/><category term="SAP PP"/><category term="SAP PP Interview"/><category term="SAP SD"/><category term="SAP SD Interview"/><title type='text'>Interviews - Repository of Interview Questions and Answers</title><subtitle type='html'>AllInterviewz  provides a large collection of interview questions and answers mainly on technical side like C, JAVA, Oracle, SAP, DW etc..</subtitle><link rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#feed' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://allinterviewz.blogspot.com/feeds/posts/default'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/6538092637525795247/posts/default?max-results=10&amp;redirect=false'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://allinterviewz.blogspot.com/'/><link rel='hub' href='http://pubsubhubbub.appspot.com/'/><link rel='next' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/6538092637525795247/posts/default?start-index=11&amp;max-results=10&amp;redirect=false'/><author><name>Unknown</name><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='https://img1.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><generator version='7.00' uri='http://www.blogger.com'>Blogger</generator><openSearch:totalResults>30</openSearch:totalResults><openSearch:startIndex>1</openSearch:startIndex><openSearch:itemsPerPage>10</openSearch:itemsPerPage><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-6538092637525795247.post-399414775050583748</id><published>2012-10-10T12:11:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2012-10-10T12:26:58.807-07:00</updated><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="MySQL"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="MySQL Interview"/><title type='text'>MySQL Interview 2</title><content type='html'>&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;What are HEAP tables in MySQL?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;HEAP tables are in-memory. They are usually used for high-speed temporary storage. No TEXT or BLOB fields are allowed within HEAP tables. You can only use the comparison operators = and &amp;lt;=&amp;gt;. HEAP tables do not support AUTO_INCREMENT. Indexes must be NOT NULL.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;How do you control the max size of a HEAP table?&amp;nbsp;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;MySQL config variable max_heap_table_size.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;What are CSV tables?&amp;nbsp;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Those are the special tables, data for which is saved into comma-separated values files. They cannot be indexed.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Explain federated tables. ?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Introduced in MySQL 5.0, federated tables allow access to the tables located on other databases on other servers.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;What is SERIAL data type in MySQL?&amp;nbsp;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;BIGINT NOT NULL PRIMARY KEY AUTO_INCREMENT&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;What happens when the column is set to AUTO INCREMENT and you reach the maximum value for that table?&amp;nbsp;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;It stops incrementing. It does not overflow to 0 to prevent data losses, but further inserts are going to produce an error, since the key has been used already.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Explain the difference between BOOL, TINYINT and BIT. ?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Prior to MySQL 5.0.3: those are all synonyms. After MySQL 5.0.3: BIT data type can store 8 bytes of data and should be used for binary data.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Explain the difference between FLOAT, DOUBLE and REAL. ?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;FLOATs store floating point numbers with 8 place accuracy and take up 4 bytes. DOUBLEs store floating point numbers with 16 place accuracy and take up 8 bytes. REAL is a synonym of FLOAT for now.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;If you specify the data type as DECIMAL (5,2), what’s the range of values that can go in this table?&amp;nbsp;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;999.99 to -99.99. Note that with the negative number the minus sign is considered one of the digits.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;What happens if a table has one column defined as TIMESTAMP?&amp;nbsp;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;That field gets the current timestamp whenever the row gets altered.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;But what if you really want to store the timestamp data, such as the publication date of the article?&amp;nbsp;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Create two columns of type TIMESTAMP and use the second one for your real data.&amp;nbsp;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Explain data type TIMESTAMP DEFAULT CURRENT_TIMESTAMP ON UPDATE CURRENT_TIMESTAMP ?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;The column exhibits the same behavior as a single timestamp column in a table with no other timestamp columns.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;What does TIMESTAMP ON UPDATE CURRENT_TIMESTAMP data type do?&amp;nbsp;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;On initialization places a zero in that column, on future updates puts the current value of the timestamp in.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Explain TIMESTAMP DEFAULT ‘2006:09:02 17:38:44? ON UPDATE CURRENT_TIMESTAMP. ?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;A default value is used on initialization, a current timestamp is inserted on update of the row.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;If I created a column with data type VARCHAR(3), what would I expect to see in MySQL table?&amp;nbsp;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;CHAR(3), since MySQL automatically adjusted the data type.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Click below links for more MySQL Interview Questions and Answers&amp;nbsp;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://allinterviewz.blogspot.com/2012/10/mysql-interview-1.html&quot;&gt;MySQL Interview 1&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://allinterviewz.blogspot.com/feeds/399414775050583748/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://allinterviewz.blogspot.com/2012/10/mysql-interview-2.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/6538092637525795247/posts/default/399414775050583748'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/6538092637525795247/posts/default/399414775050583748'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://allinterviewz.blogspot.com/2012/10/mysql-interview-2.html' title='MySQL Interview 2'/><author><name>Unknown</name><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='https://img1.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-6538092637525795247.post-4029318016370294761</id><published>2012-10-10T12:10:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2012-10-10T12:26:58.810-07:00</updated><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="MySQL"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="MySQL Interview"/><title type='text'>MySQL Interview 1</title><content type='html'>&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;What&#39;s MySQL ?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;MySQL (pronounced &quot;my ess cue el&quot;) is an open source relational database management system (RDBMS) that uses Structured Query Language (SQL), the most popular language for adding, accessing, and processing data in a database. Because it is open source, anyone can download MySQL and tailor it to their needs in accordance with the general public license. MySQL is noted mainly for its speed, reliability, and flexibility. ...&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;What is DDL, DML and DCL ?&amp;nbsp;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;If you look at the large variety of SQL commands, they can be divided into three large subgroups. Data Definition Language deals with database schemas and descriptions of how the data should reside in the database, therefore language statements like CREATE TABLE or ALTER TABLE belong to DDL. DML deals with data manipulation, and therefore includes most common SQL statements such SELECT, INSERT, etc. Data Control Language includes commands such as GRANT, and mostly concerns with rights, permissions and other controls of the database system.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;How do you get the number of rows affected by query?&amp;nbsp;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;SELECT COUNT (user_id) FROM users would only return the number of user_id’s.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;If the value in the column is repeatable, how do you find out the unique values?&amp;nbsp;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Use DISTINCT in the query, such as SELECT DISTINCT user_firstname FROM users; You can also ask for a number of distinct values by saying SELECT COUNT (DISTINCT user_firstname) FROM users;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;How do you return the a hundred books starting from 25th?&amp;nbsp;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;SELECT book_title FROM books LIMIT 25, 100. The first number in LIMIT is the offset, the second is the number.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;You wrote a search engine that should retrieve 10 results at a time, but at the same time you’d like to know how many rows there’re total. How do you display that to the user?&amp;nbsp;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;SELECT SQL_CALC_FOUND_ROWS page_title FROM web_pages LIMIT 1,10; SELECT FOUND_ROWS(); The second query (not that COUNT() is never used) will tell you how many results there’re total, so you can display a phrase &quot;Found 13,450,600 results, displaying 1-10&quot;. Note that FOUND_ROWS does not pay attention to the LIMITs you specified and always returns the total number of rows affected by query.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;How would you write a query to select all teams that won either 2, 4, 6 or 8 games?&amp;nbsp;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;SELECT team_name FROM teams WHERE team_won IN (2, 4, 6, 8)&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;How would you select all the users, whose phone number is null?&amp;nbsp;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;SELECT user_name FROM users WHERE ISNULL(user_phonenumber);&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;What does this query mean: SELECT user_name, user_isp FROM users LEFT JOIN isps USING (user_id) ?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;It’s equivalent to saying SELECT user_name, user_isp FROM users LEFT JOIN isps WHERE users.user_id=isps.user_id&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;How do you find out which auto increment was assigned on the last insert?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;SELECT LAST_INSERT_ID() will return the last value assigned by the auto_increment function. &lt;b&gt;&lt;i&gt;Note that you don’t have to specify the table name.&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;What does –i-am-a-dummy flag to do when starting MySQL?&amp;nbsp;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Makes the MySQL engine refuse UPDATE and DELETE commands where the WHERE clause is not present.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;On executing the DELETE statement I keep getting the error about foreign key constraint failing. What do I do?&amp;nbsp;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;What it means is that so of the data that you’re trying to delete is still alive in another table. Like if you have a table for universities and a table for students, which contains the ID of the university they go to, running a delete on a university table will fail if the students table still contains people enrolled at that university. Proper way to do it would be to delete the offending data first, and then delete the university in question. Quick way would involve running SET foreign_key_checks=0 before the DELETE command, and setting the parameter back to 1 after the DELETE is done. If your foreign key was formulated with ON DELETE CASCADE, the data in dependent tables will be removed automatically.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;When would you use ORDER BY in DELETE statement?&amp;nbsp;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;When you’re not deleting by row ID. Such as in DELETE FROM techpreparation_com_questions ORDER BY timestamp LIMIT 1. This will delete the most recently posted question in the table techpreparation_com_questions.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;How can you see all indexes defined for a table?&amp;nbsp;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;SHOW INDEX FROM techpreparation_questions;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;How would you change a column from VARCHAR(10) to VARCHAR(50)?&amp;nbsp;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;ALTER TABLE techpreparation_questions CHANGE techpreparation_content techpreparation_CONTENT VARCHAR(50).&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;How would you delete a column?&amp;nbsp;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;ALTER TABLE techpreparation_answers DROP answer_user_id.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;How would you change a table to InnoDB?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;ALTER TABLE techpreparation_questions ENGINE innodb;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;When you create a table, and then run SHOW CREATE TABLE on it, you occasionally get different results than what you typed in. What does MySQL modify in your newly created tables?&amp;nbsp;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;ol&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;VARCHARs with length less than 4 become CHARs&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;CHARs with length more than 3 become VARCHARs.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;NOT NULL gets added to the columns declared as PRIMARY KEYs&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Default values such as NULL are specified for each column&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ol&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;How do I find out all databases starting with ‘tech’ to which I have access to?&amp;nbsp;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;SHOW DATABASES LIKE ‘tech%’;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;How do you concatenate strings in MySQL?&amp;nbsp;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;CONCAT (string1, string2, string3)&amp;nbsp;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;How do you get a portion of a string?&amp;nbsp;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;SELECT SUBSTR(title, 1, 10) from techpreparation_questions;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;What’s the difference between CHAR_LENGTH and LENGTH?&amp;nbsp;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;The first is, naturally, the character count. The second is byte count. For the Latin characters the numbers are the same, but they’re not the same for Unicode and other encodings.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;How do you convert a string to UTF-8?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;SELECT (techpreparation_question USING utf8);&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;What do % and _ mean inside LIKE statement?&amp;nbsp;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;% corresponds to 0 or more characters, _ is exactly one character.&amp;nbsp;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;What does + mean in REGEXP?&amp;nbsp;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;At least one character. Appendix G. Regular Expressions from MySQL manual is worth perusing before the interview.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;How do you get the month from a timestamp?&amp;nbsp;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;SELECT MONTH(techpreparation_timestamp) from techpreparation_questions;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;How do you offload the time/date handling to MySQL?&amp;nbsp;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;SELECT DATE_FORMAT(techpreparation_timestamp, ‘%Y-%m-%d’) from techpreparation_questions;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;A similar TIME_FORMAT function deals with time.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;How do you add three minutes to a date?&amp;nbsp;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;ADDDATE(techpreparation_publication_date, INTERVAL 3 MINUTE)&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;What’s the difference between Unix timestamps and MySQL timestamps?&amp;nbsp;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Internally Unix timestamps are stored as 32-bit integers, while MySQL timestamps are stored in a similar manner, but represented in readable YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS format.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;How do you convert between Unix timestamps and MySQL timestamps?&amp;nbsp;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;UNIX_TIMESTAMP converts from MySQL timestamp to Unix timestamp, FROM_UNIXTIME converts from Unix timestamp to MySQL timestamp.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;What are ENUMs used for in MySQL?&amp;nbsp;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;You can limit the possible values that go into the table.&amp;nbsp;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;CREATE TABLE months (month ENUM ‘January’, ‘February’, ‘March’,…); INSERT months VALUES (’April’);&amp;nbsp;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot;&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Click below links for more MySQL Interview Questions and Answers&amp;nbsp;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://allinterviewz.blogspot.com/2012/10/mysql-interview-2.html&quot;&gt;MySQL Interview 2&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://allinterviewz.blogspot.com/feeds/4029318016370294761/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://allinterviewz.blogspot.com/2012/10/mysql-interview-1.html#comment-form' title='2 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/6538092637525795247/posts/default/4029318016370294761'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/6538092637525795247/posts/default/4029318016370294761'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://allinterviewz.blogspot.com/2012/10/mysql-interview-1.html' title='MySQL Interview 1'/><author><name>Unknown</name><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='https://img1.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>2</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-6538092637525795247.post-7874945985371710891</id><published>2012-08-08T20:46:00.003-07:00</published><updated>2012-08-13T19:41:46.275-07:00</updated><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="SAP"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="SAP Logistics"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="SAP PP"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="SAP PP Interview"/><title type='text'>SAP Logistics (PP) Interview</title><content type='html'>&lt;b style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;Explain how the PP Module is Organized in SAP.&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;The PP module is made up of the following components:&amp;nbsp;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;PP-BD &amp;nbsp; Basic Data&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;PP-SOP &amp;nbsp; Sales and Operations Planning&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;PP-MP &amp;nbsp; Master Planning&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;PP-CRP &amp;nbsp; Capacity (Requirements) Planning&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;PP-MRP &amp;nbsp; Material Requirements Planning&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;PP-SFC &amp;nbsp; Production Orders&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;PP-KAN &amp;nbsp; Kanban&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;PP-REM &amp;nbsp; Repetitive Manufacturing&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;PP-PI &amp;nbsp; Production Planning for Process Industries&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;PP-PDS &amp;nbsp; Plant Data Collection&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;PP-IS &amp;nbsp; Information Systems&amp;nbsp;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;b style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;Explain How ‘PP’ is ‘Integrated’ with Other Modules.&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;‘PP’ is one of the modules in SAP R/3 that is complex as the functions cut across many modules. The following modules are tightly integrated with PP:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;CO &amp;nbsp; Controlling&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;FI &amp;nbsp; Financial Accounting&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;MM &amp;nbsp; Materials Management&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;SD &amp;nbsp; Sales &amp;amp; Distribution&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;PS &amp;nbsp; Project Systems&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;PD &amp;nbsp; Personnel Planning and Development&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;b style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;What is a ‘BOM’?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;A ‘BOM (Bill of Material)’ is nothing but a structured list of components (with the object number, quantity, and unit of measure) that go into the making of a product or an assembly. Depending on the industry sector, they may also be called recipes or lists of ingredients. The structure of the product determines whether the bill of material is simple or very complex.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;What are the ‘BOM Categories’ Supported by SAP?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;The following are the various Categories of BOM:&amp;nbsp;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Equipment BOM&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Material BOM&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Sales Order BOM&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Document Structure&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Functional Location BOM&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;WBS BOM&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;b style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;What are all the ‘Technical Types of BOM’?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;There are two ‘Technical Types of BOM’ supported in SAP:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Variant BOM&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Material BOM&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;b style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;Differentiate ‘Variant BOM’ from ‘Multiple BOM.’&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;While a ‘Variant BOM’ groups together several BOMs that describe different objects (for example, different models of a car) with a high proportion of identical parts, a Multiple BOM groups together several BOMs that describe one object (for example, a product) with different combinations of materials for different processing methods.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;The Variant BOMs are supported for the following BOM categories:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Material BOMs&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Document structures&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Equipment BOMs&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Functional location BOMs&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Multiple BOMs are only supported for Material BOMs.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;b style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;Is it Possible to Convert a ‘Multiple BOM’ into a ‘Variant BOM’?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;No. You can only create a ‘Variant BOM’ from a simple Material BOM. No multiple BOMs can exist for a material.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;What is a ‘Work Center’ in PP?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;A ‘Work Center’ in PP (PP-BD-BOM) is an organizational unit that can be a combination of machines or groups of craftsmen, people, and production lines, wherein certain operations are carried out to produce some output. Each of the work centers is assigned to a cost center. A work center can be assigned to a work center in SAP-HR, which will enable assignment of employees, qualifications, etc.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;What is a ‘Routing’ in PP?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;A ‘Routing’ in PP (PP-BD-RTG) is used to define the sequence of operations (work steps) and resources required to perform certain operations in order to produce a material with or without reference to an order. The standard values of planned time for the various operations need to be entered into the routing.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;There are two different types of routing:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Routing&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Rate routing&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;(A similar concept exists in PS where you define a ‘task list,’ which is similar to ‘routing’ in PP.)&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;What are All the ‘Sub-components’ of Production Orders?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;The following are the ‘Sub-components of Production Orders’ (PP-SFC):&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Order Planning&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Order Execution&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Order Close&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;b style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;What is a ‘Product Hierarchy’?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Used in pricing, a ‘Product Hierarchy’ is an alphanumeric character string consisting of a maximum of 18 characters. It thus defines the product and its composition.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Example:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;A product hierarchy represented by ‘00050002000300040005.’ The first four characters ‘0005’ could indicate that the product is a car. The next four characters ‘0002’ could indicate the plant in which the car is manufactured. The third set of characters could indicate the color of the car. The next set may determine its engine capacity and so on. Thus, the product hierarchy helps in defining the product composition.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Define ‘BOM Group.’&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;A ‘BOM Group’ is a collection of BOMs that lets you describe a product or a number of similar products. The value in the BOM group field uniquely identifies the BOM group. You can use the BOM group as an alternative way of accessing the BOM. A BOM group comprises either all the alternatives of a multiple BOM or all the variants of a variant BOM.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;When you create a BOM group, the system checks the special characters you use. Apart from the usual alphanumeric characters, you can use the following special characters: ‘-’,‘/’,‘_.’ You cannot use blanks.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Define ‘SOP’ (Sales &amp;amp; Operations Planning).&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Suitable for long/medium-term planning, with an aim to streamline a company’s ‘Sales and Operational Planning, SOP’ is a forecasting tool enabling you to set up sales, production, and other supply chain targets based on existing, future, or historical data. SOP is most suitable for planning finished goods, and not for material component planning.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;SOP plans are passed on to Demand Management (DEM) in the form of independent requirements, which in turn is fed into MPS (Master Production Scheduling) and MRP (Material Requirements Planning). The results of SOP can be passed on to profitability analysis, cost center accounting, and activity-based costing.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;SOP contains two application components; namely, Standard SOP (PP-SOP) and Flexible Planning (LO-LIS-PLN). The Standard SOP comes pre-configured with the system. Flexible planning can be configured in a variety of ways.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;What is known as ‘Demand Management’?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;‘Demand Management’ (PP-MP-DEM) helps in determining the requirement quantities and delivery dates for finished goods assemblies. It uses the planned independent requirements and customer requirements (customer requirements come from sales orders). Planning strategies help in deciding the kind of demand program. If production is triggered by sales orders, then it is known as ‘Make-toOrder’ production; if is not then it is known as ‘Make-to-Stock’ production.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;What is ‘Capacity Planning’?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;‘Capacity Planning’ aims at economic use of resources. It is integrated with SD, PM, PS, and CS. There are two components within capacity planning: Capacity evaluation and Capacity levelling. Capacity planning supports short-term detailed planning, medium-term planning, and long-term rough-cut planning.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Explain ‘MRP’ (Material Requirements Planning).&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;‘MRP’ aims to guarantee material availability; it is used to procure/produce the required quantities on time (both for internal purposes and for sales and distribution). This involves monitoring of stocks and, in particular, the automatic creation of ‘procurement proposals’ for purchasing and production. PP-MRP assists and relieves MRP Controllers (who are responsible for all the activities from specifying when, what, type, etc., of material requirements) in their area of responsibility. With the automatic planning run in MRP, it is possible to determine any shortages so as to create procurement elements. With the system generating messages for critical parts and unusual situations, you can rework the planning results in the specific area with problems.&amp;nbsp;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;The material requirements can be planned at plant level or for different MRP areas. With MRP at the plant level, the system adds together stocks from all of the individual storage locations, with the exception of individual customer stocks, to determine total plant stock. In the case of material requirements planning on an MRP area level, only the stocks from the storage locations or subcontractor assigned to the respective MRP areas are taken into account.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;What are the Three ‘MRP Procedures’?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Materials Requirements Planning (MRP)&amp;nbsp;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Master Production Scheduling (MPS)&amp;nbsp;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Consumption-based Planning&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;b style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;What is ‘MPS’ (Master Production Scheduling)?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Executed as that of an MRP, ‘MPS’ is nothing but a special form of MRP, which aims to reduce storage costs and to increase planning stability. With MPS you can flag materials that greatly influence company profits or take up critical resources as master schedule items and check and plan them separately with a series of special tools.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;What is ‘Consumption-based Planning’?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Using past consumption data, ‘Consumption-based Planning’ aims at determining future requirements. In the process, it makes use of material forecasts or any other ‘static’ planning procedures. The ‘net requirements’ calculation is triggered when the stock level falls below a reorder point. The net requirements can also be calculated by forecast requirements from a historical consumption pattern.&amp;nbsp;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Click below links for more SAP Logistics Interview Questions and Answers&amp;nbsp;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://allinterviewz.blogspot.com/2012/08/sap-logistics-sd-interview.html&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;SAP SD Interview&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://allinterviewz.blogspot.com/2012/08/sap-logistics-mm-interview.html&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;SAP MM Interview&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://allinterviewz.blogspot.com/feeds/7874945985371710891/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://allinterviewz.blogspot.com/2012/08/sap-logistics-pp-interview.html#comment-form' title='14 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/6538092637525795247/posts/default/7874945985371710891'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/6538092637525795247/posts/default/7874945985371710891'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://allinterviewz.blogspot.com/2012/08/sap-logistics-pp-interview.html' title='SAP Logistics (PP) Interview'/><author><name>Unknown</name><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='https://img1.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>14</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-6538092637525795247.post-6612638683699379898</id><published>2012-08-08T20:29:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2012-08-13T19:42:08.384-07:00</updated><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="SAP"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="SAP Logistics"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="SAP MM"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="SAP MM Interview"/><title type='text'>SAP Logistics (MM) Interview</title><content type='html'>&lt;b style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;What Functions are Supported in the SAP ‘Material Management’ (MM)?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;The MM module of SAP supports the following functions:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;MRP (Material Requirements Planning)&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Procurement&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Inventory Management&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Inventory Valuation&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Invoice Verification&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;b style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;What is ‘MRP’?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;‘MRP (Material Requirements Planning)’ is nothing but the determination of which materials are required, when and in what quantities, based on current information and forecasts.&amp;nbsp;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Explain the Basic ‘Organizational Structure’ in MM.&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;The major Organizational Elements of MM include:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Purchasing Organization&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Plant&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Storage Location&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;The Purchasing Organization is typically attached to one Company Code. But a single Company Code can have one or more purchasing organizations. One or more Plants are attached to a purchasing organization. One or more Storage Locations are attached to a plant. One or more plants are assigned to a Company Code, but one plant is attached to only one Company Code.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Depending on how the purchasing organization has been structured, you may come across three types of structures as detailed below:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Cross-Plant Purchasing Organization&lt;/b&gt; - The purchasing organization caters to more than one plant of the same Company Code.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Plant-Specific Purchasing Organization&lt;/b&gt; - Each Plant has it is own purchasing organization.&amp;nbsp;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Cross-Company Code Purchasing Organization&lt;/b&gt; - A single purchasing organization is responsible for the procurement activities of more than one Company Code. The plants attached to this purchasing organization are also cross-Company Code. In this case, the purchasing organization is not attached to any of the Company Codes; instead, the various plants are attached to the purchasing organization. This kind of purchasing organization is known as a central purchasing organization. This kind of organizational structure is essential in the case of centralized procurement in an enterprise.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;b style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;Define ‘Plant’ in SAP.&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;‘Plant’ in SAP can denote a manufacturing location, distribution center, or a warehouse. With unique numbers identifying each of the plants, though these are all not all necessarily financial entities, they can still be linked to a Business Area. The Plant is the place where you normally valuate the inventory in SAP. The system, however, checks for the inventory either at the Plant or Plant/Storage Location during an Order entry.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Explain the ‘Storage Location’ in SAP.&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;A sub-division of a plant, the ‘Storage Location,’ defines a location for materials that can be a warehouse, bin, or a storage area of raw materials/WIP/finished product. You will manage the physical inventory, material movement, picking, cycle counting, etc., at the storage-location level. In Warehouse Management, the storage location is further subdivided.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Explain the ‘Purchasing Organization’ in SAP.&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;This refers to the organizational structure in SAP that is responsible for procurement of materials. The ‘Purchasing Organization’ is the top-most organizational element in MM, and this can take any one of three forms such as (1) Cross-plant purchasing organizations (catering to more than one plant but within the same Company Code), (2) Plant-specific purchasing organizations (with a 1:1 relationship with the plant), and (3) Cross-company code purchasing organizations (catering to more than one Company Code). Entrusted with the activity of negotiating the price, delivery conditions, etc., of materials from vendors, the Purchasing Organization can further be subdivided into purchasing groups.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Explain the ‘Purchasing Group’ Concept in MM.&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;The ‘Purchasing Group’ carries out the actual activities of purchasing, and is assigned to a material in the material master. The activities of several purchasing organizations can be done by one purchasing group.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Explain the ‘Valuation Area’ Concept in MM.&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;The valuation of a material is done at the ‘Valuation Area,’ which can either be at the Company Code level or the Plant level. The level at which the valuation needs to happen is defined in the customizing. Note that once it is defined, you will not be able to change it later!&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;When the valuation is at the Company Code level, then the valuation of a material is uniform across the plants attached to that Company Code. On the other hand, if the valuation is at the plant level, then the value of the material is plantspecific and will vary from one plant to another. If you are using PP (Production Planning)/MRP in your company, then the valuation has to be at the plant level.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;What is a ‘Factory Calendar’?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;A ‘Factory Calendar’ is a calendar that is country-specific with a list of public holidays (maintained via the Holiday Calendar) and working days, which are Client-independent. The factory calendar helps in controlling goods issues/receipts. Each plant is assigned a factory calendar, and the calendar must be activated (through ‘CTS functionality’) before using it.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Explain How SD and MM are Connected in SAP.&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;The goods/services from a plant can be sold by one or more sales organizations. It is also possible that single sales organizations sells goods/services for several plants. When the sales organizations sells for more than one plant belonging to one or more Company Codes, then this is called inter-company sales, and will require you to make some special configurations in the system. A sales organization, attached to a Company Code, is further divided into distribution channels and divisions in SD. A division typically represents a product line, and is assigned to a material in the material master.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Outline the Functions Supported by ‘Material Master.’&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;The ‘Material Master’ is the central master record catering to various business functions in Logistics. The data stored in this master support a variety of business functions and operations such as:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Production Planning&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;MRP&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Procurement&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Invoice Verification&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Inventory Management&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Product Costing&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Sales and Distribution&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Quality Management&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;The data is stored, within a material master, at different organizational levels. The general data is valid for all the Company Codes at the Client level. The purchasing information is valid at the plant level. The sales information is valid at the sales organization/distribution channel. Lastly, when Warehouse Management is activated, the data is maintained at the warehouse number/storage type level.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Explain Why a ‘Material Master’ is Divided into ‘Views.’&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Since the information in a material master needs to be maintained by a number of users across several modules, SAP has structured the master into a number of Views for facilitating easier access and updating of data. The views include:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Basic Data&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Classification&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Sales&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Purchasing&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Purchase Order text&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Accounting&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Foreign Trade&amp;nbsp;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Work Scheduling&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Forecasting&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Storage&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Costing&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Plant/Storage Location stock&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;MRP&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;b style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;What Information is Available in the ‘Accounting View’ of a ‘Material Master’?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;The most important information maintained in the ‘Accounting View’ of a material master is the valuation class, which needs to be assigned to individual materials. The valuation class, in turn, helps in determining the relevant GL accounts for posting valuation-relevant transactions such as GR, GI, etc.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;You will maintain the price control indicator in the accounting view, which enables determining how the stock of a material is to be valued (at Standard price (S) or Moving average price (V)).&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Why do You Need ‘Material Types’ in MM?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;One way to group materials is by ‘Material Type’ (the other being by Industry Sector’). This grouping helps determine what information or data is to be made available at the material master level for a particular material.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;The material type (for example, FERT, HAWA, HALB, ROH, and so on) is used to control:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Which Views can be maintained on the master record&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Which Fields are mandatory, optional, or for ‘display only’ in the material master&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;What kind of Procurement is allowed for that material (internal or external or both)&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;How to Number (Internal/External) and what Number Range is allowed&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Whether Quantity and/or Value updating should be done in a particular Valuation Area&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Which GL Accounts will be posted to (via the Valuation Class) during goods movement&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;The default Item Category Group (S&amp;amp;D)&amp;nbsp;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;The default Price Control Indicator (S or V) and&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Whether the default Price Control Indicator is changeable during material master maintenance&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;b style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;Explain the ‘Price Control Indicator.’&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;The ‘Price Control Indicator’ is used by SAP to determine how a material will be valuated, by default. The indicator can be set to:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Standard Price (S) or&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Moving Average Price (V)&amp;nbsp;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;When you set the indicator to ‘S,’ the system carries out all the inventory postings at the standard price. The variances &amp;nbsp;due to a different price of a material in goods movement or invoice receipts &amp;nbsp;if any, are all posted to price difference accounts. As a result, the standard price remains the same, unless it is changed intentionally by manual processing. This will be necessary only when the difference between the standard and moving average prices becomes very large. (While updating the price difference accounts, however, the system also updates the moving average price with these variances, so that you get a chance to adjust the standard price should the difference between the standard and moving average prices becomes very substantial.)&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;On the other hand, when you set the indicator to ‘V’ then all the goods receipts (GR) will be at the GR value. The system will then adjust the price in the material master by the GR price. However, if there is a difference between the moving average price of the material and the goods movement/invoice receipt, then the price difference is moved to the stock account, and the price of the material in the material master is adjusted accordingly.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Explain ‘Prices Maintenance’ for Materials Transferred from ‘Legacy’ to SAP.&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Before you transfer the initial inventory from a legacy system to SAP, you need to create the relevant master data for the materials.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;If you are planning to maintain a standard price for the materials, then you will create the material masters with ‘S’ as the price control indictor in SAP. With this control, when you enter the material inventory, the system valuates this stock with the standard price defined. In this case, you enter a new price and the system posts the price difference (between the standard price and the new price you entered) to a price difference account.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Similarly, if you are planning to maintain a moving average price for materials, then you will create the material masters with ‘V’ as the Price Control Indictor in SAP. With this control, when you enter the material inventory, the system valuates this stock with the moving average price defined. In this case, you enter a new price and the system adjusts the moving average price accordingly. If you enter only the quantity, and not any new price, the system continues to valuate the stock at the original moving average price, and the price of the material does not change.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;What is the ‘Material Status’?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;The ‘Material Status’ is a 2-digit code enabling you to control the usability of material for various MM and PP applications. This status key also controls warehouse management, transfers order instructions, quality inspection instructions, decides how the system behaves when a product cost estimate is created, and so on.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;The material status can be maintained as (1) Plant-specific material status, (2) Cross-plant material status, and (3) Distribution material status.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;What is the ‘EAN’?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;The ‘EAN (International Article Number),’ equivalent to the UPC (Universal Product Code) of the United States, is an international standard number for identifying a material, which SAP allows you to assign (done in the ‘Eng./Design or Units of Measure’ screen) to the materials. The EAN is normally assigned to the manufacturer of a material. Made up of a prefix (to identify the country or company from where the material originates), article number, and a check digit (ensures correctness of an EAN number so that no incorrect entries are scanned or entered into the system).&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;What are Some of the ‘Partner Functions’ of a ‘Vendor’?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Through the definition of ‘Partner Functions’ in the Vendor Master, SAP helps to designate vendors for different roles. The partner role is designated by a 2-digit code.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;VN &amp;nbsp; Vendor&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;PI &amp;nbsp; Invoice Presented by&amp;nbsp;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;OA &amp;nbsp; Ordering Address&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;GS &amp;nbsp; Goods Supplier&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;AZ &amp;nbsp; Payment Recipient&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;A partner schema (also known as a partner procedure) is assigned to a vendor account group. The procedure specifies which partner roles are ‘allowed’/‘mandatory’/‘can be changed’ for a vendor master with that account group. You may assign three different partner schemas to an account group, one for each level of purchasing data, i.e., one at the purchase organization level, one at the VSR level, and one at the plant level. This enables maintaining different partners at different organizational levels.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;What is a ‘Batch’ in the Context of ‘Batch Management’?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Representing a quantity of material with a homogenous set of properties/characteristics produced during a particular cycle of manufacturing, a ‘Batch’ is a subset of inventory quantity, which cannot be reproduced again with the same properties. A batch is linked to the classification system, and you can use it only when the classification system has been set up properly for batch management.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;A batch is unique for a single material, and is unique at the Client level as well. That is, you will be able to use a batch number only once in the Client regardless of the plant and material. The batch will be known only in the plant where it was created. The batch numbers can either be manually assigned or system generated.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;What are the Possible Values for ‘Procurement Types’?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;The possible values for ‘Procurement Types’ are:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;No procurement&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;External procurement&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;In-house production&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Both procurement types&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;b style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;What are the ‘prerequisites’ for an ‘MRP Run’?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;The following are the ‘prerequisites’ for an MRP Run:&amp;nbsp;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;MRP activated&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Valid MRP data for the material&amp;nbsp;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Valid MRP type&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Valid material status&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;b style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;What is an ‘MRP Area’?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;An ‘MRP Area’ is not an organizational structure, but a unit for which you can carry out Consumption-based MRP. The MRP area is used to carry out MRP for the components provided to a sub-contractor. There are three types of MRP areas that you will come across:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;MRP Area for Storage Locations&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;MRP Area for Subcontracting Vendor Stock&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;MRP Area for the Plant&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;b style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;What is an ‘MRP List’?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;An ‘MRP List’ displays the results of the last ‘planning run.’ Using a ‘collective display’ format, you will be able to display planning details for a number of materials for a given set of ‘selection parameters.’&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Explain the ‘Re-Order Point’ Procedure.&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;The ‘Re-Order Point’ is the level of inventory that triggers material procurement. Once the inventory falls below this level, you need to create the order proposal either manually or automatically by the system.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;In the case of the manual re-order point procedure, you will define the reorder point and the safety stock in the material master. On the other hand, in the automatic re-order point procedure, the system will calculate the re-order point and the safety stock based on the next period’s consumption pattern.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Explain the ‘Inventory Management’ Submodule.&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;The ‘Inventory Management’ submodule deals with the GR/GI of materials from/into the inventory. It also manages the transfer of materials from one storage location to another. As an important element of MM, this module is integrated with SD, PP, QM, and PM modules.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;What is ‘Goods Movement’?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;‘Goods Movement’ represents an event causing a change in the stock, with the change being value or status, stock type, or quantity. It also represents the physical movement of stock from one location to another. Goods movement is classified into:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Receipt of goods/services&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Issue of materials&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Stock transfers&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;b style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;What Happens During a ‘Goods Issue’?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;The ‘Goods Issue (GI)’ results in a reduction in the stock quantity/value. The GI can be Planned (via sales order, production order, return delivery, delivery for internal, use etc.) or Unplanned (drawing a stock for a sample, scrapping, etc.).&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;The GI results in:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Creation of a Material/Accounting document&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Update of Reservation for the issue (if any)&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Update of GL accounts&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Update of ‘points of consumption’ if applicable (cost center, project, etc.)&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Update of Stock quantity&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;b style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;Explain ‘Stock Transfers.’&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;The physical movement of stock between locations is called a ‘Stock Transfer,’ which can be within a plant or between plants. Stock transfers can be carried out either in a single step or in two steps. The stock transfer may be from:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Company to Company&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Plant to Plant&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Storage Location to Storage Location&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;If there is a logical change in the stock type/status, then this kind of ‘transfer’ is called a ‘transfer posting.’ The transfer posting may be from:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Product to Product&amp;nbsp;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Quality Inspection to Unrestricted Use&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Consignment Store to Storage Location&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;b style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;What is a ‘Stock Type’?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Used in the determination of available stock of a material, the ‘Stock Type’ is the sub-division of inventory at a storage location based on the use of that inventory. In SAP, there are many kinds of stock types:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Unrestricted (use) stock (the physical stock that is always available at a plant/storage location)&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Restricted (use) stock&amp;nbsp;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Quality inspection stock (not counted for unrestricted use and may be made available for MRP)&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Stock-in transfer&amp;nbsp;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Blocked stock (not to be counted as unrestricted stock and is not available for MRP)&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;Besides all of the above, which are all known as valuated stocks, you will also come across one more type called ‘GR blocked stock,’ which is a non-valuated stock.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;The GR-blocked stock denotes all the stock accepted ‘conditionally’ from the vendors. This stock is not considered available for ‘unrestricted use.’ You will use the Movement Type 103 for the GR-blocked stock and Movement Type 101 is used for a normal GR.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Explain ‘Return Delivery.’&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;You will use ‘Return Delivery’ when you return goods to the supplier (vendor) for reasons such as damaged packaging, etc. Note that the ‘reason for return’ is mandatory as this will help you, later on, to analyze problems with a vendor. The system uses the Movement Type 122, and will create a return delivery slip, which will accompany the goods being returned.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;If the ‘return’ is from a ‘GR-blocked stock,’ you need to use a different Movement Type: 104.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;What are All the Various Types of ‘Physical Inventory’?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;The following are the different types of ‘Physical Inventory’ in SAP MM:&amp;nbsp;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Periodic inventory (All the stocks are physically counted on a ‘key date’ (balance sheet date), and all the stock movements are blocked during physical counting)&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Cycle counting (Physical counting is done at periodical intervals)&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Sampling (Randomly selected stocks are counted physically, and the system uses this information to ‘estimate’ stock value on a given date)&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Continuous (Stocks are tracked continuously throughout the fiscal year, with physical stock taking once a year, at least!)&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;b style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;What is a ‘Material Ledger’?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;A ‘Material Ledger’ is nothing but a tool for inventory accounting that provides new methods for ‘price control’ for ‘material valuation’ (you can store the material inventory values in more than one currency). It makes it possible to keep the ‘material price’ constant over a period of time (say, over the life of a production order). The moving average price field is used to store a ‘periodic price.’ This periodic price stays constant and is the price used for valuation until you close the material ledger. At closing, the periodic price is updated based on the actual value of invoice receipts received for that material during the period.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Explain ‘Split Valuation.’ Why is it Necessary?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;‘Split Valuation’ allows substocks of the same material to be managed in different stock accounts. This allows substocks to be valuated separately, and every transaction is carried out at the substock level. So, when processing a transaction, it is necessary to mention the substock.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;The ‘split valuation’ is necessary if the material has:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Different Origins&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Various Levels of Quality&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Various Statuses&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;It is also required in situations where you need to make a distinction between ‘in-house produced materials’ and ‘materials procured externally,’ or if there is a distinction between ‘different deliveries.’&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Explain the Basic Steps in ‘Configuring Split Valuation.’&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;The five basic steps for ‘Configuring Split Valuation’ are:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Activate ‘Split Valuation’&amp;nbsp;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Define ‘Global Valuation Types’. For each Valuation type’ you need to specify: (a) whether ‘external’ purchase orders are allowed, (b) whether production orders are allowed, and (c) the account category reference.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Define ‘Global Valuation Categories’. For each valuation category specify: (a) default ‘valuation type’ to be used when purchase orders are created and whether this default can be changed, (b) default valuation type to be used when production orders are created and whether this default can be changed, and (c) whether a ‘valuation record’ should be created automatically when a GR is posted for a valuation type for which no record yet exists.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Allocate ‘Valuation Types’ to the ‘Valuation Categories’&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Define which of the ‘Global Categories/Types’ apply to which ‘Valuation Areas’&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;b style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;Outline ‘Stock Valuation Methods’ for Material Revaluation.&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;There are three methods with which you can revaluate your stock for Balance Sheet purposes. Irrespective of the method you select, you will be able to valuate your stock either at the Company Code level or at the Valuation Area level:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;LIFO (Last-In-First-Out)&lt;/b&gt;: This method is based on the assumption that the materials received last were the ones issued/consumed first. The valuation is based on the initial receipt.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;FIFO (First-In-First-Out)&lt;/b&gt;: Here the assumption is that the materials received first are the ones consumed/issued first. So, the valuation is based on the most recent receipt. The FIFO method can also be used in conjunction with the lowest value method. By this you can determine whether the system should make a comparison between the FIFO determined price and the lowest value price. You can also determine whether the FIFO price should be updated in the material master record.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Lowest Value Method&lt;/b&gt;: Here, the stocks are valued at their original price or the current market price whichever is lower. This method is suitable when the inventory needs to be valued to take into account material obsolescence, physical deterioration, or changes in price levels.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;b style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;How Does ‘Automatic Account Assignment’ Work in MM?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;ol&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;‘GL accounts’ are assigned to ‘Transaction Keys’ (BSX, WRX, PRD, UMG, GBB, etc.).&amp;nbsp;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Transaction Keys identify which GL Accounts are to be debited or credited.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Transaction Keys are assigned to ‘Value Strings’ (for example, WA01).&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;‘Movement Types’ (for example, 901) are associated with a ‘Value String.’&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ol&gt;
&lt;b style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;Explain ‘Automatic Account Assignment’ Configuration in MM.&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;There are four steps required to complete the ‘Automatic Account Assignment’ configuration settings for MM:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Finalize the ‘valuation level.’&amp;nbsp;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Activate the ‘valuation grouping code’ option. (For this you need to group valuation areas using valuation grouping codes.)&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Maintain ‘valuation classes’ and ‘account category references’ and their linkage to ‘material types.’&amp;nbsp;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Maintain the ‘GL accounts’ for each combination of Chart of accounts, valuation grouping code, valuation class, and transaction key.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;You may use the ‘automatic account determination wizard’ to complete the configuration settings, as the wizard guides you step-by-step.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Explain the ‘Transaction Keys’ in MM.&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Also known as ‘process keys,’ the ‘Transaction Keys’ are pre-defined in the system to enable transaction postings in Inventory Management and Accounting (Invoice Verification). For each of the movement types in MM, there is a value string that stores these possible transactions.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;The pre-defined transaction keys are:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;BSX (used in Inventory Postings)&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;WRX (used in GR/IR Clearing Postings)&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;PRD (used to post Cost/Price differences)&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;UMB (used to post Revenue/Expenses from revaluation)&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;GBB (used in offsetting entries in Stock postings)&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;BSX, WRX, and PRD are examples of transaction keys that are relevant for a GR with reference to a purchase order for a material with standard price control. The transaction key UMB is used when the standard price has changed and the movement is posted to a previous period. Likewise, GBB is used to identify the GL account to post to as the offsetting entry to the stock account (when not referencing a purchase order) such as miscellaneous goods receipts, goods issues for sales orders with no account assignment, and scrapping.&amp;nbsp;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;How Does the System Determine the Correct ‘GL a/c’ for a Posting?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Imagine that you are posting a goods movement.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Since the goods movement is from a plant, and the plant is assigned to a Company Code, the goods movement identifies the relevant Company Code.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;As the Company Code has already been assigned to the Chart of Accounts, the system is able to identify the GL accounts.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;The plant also determines the valuation area (and the optional ‘valuation grouping code’).&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Since each movement type is assigned to a ‘value string’ which in turn is identified with a transaction key, the goods movement determines the correct transaction key.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Since each of the transaction keys is associated with the relevant GL accounts, through the value string, the movement type now identifies the relevant GL Account, and the transaction is posted.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;
&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Click below links for more SAP Logistics Interview Questions and Answers&amp;nbsp;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;
&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://allinterviewz.blogspot.com/2012/08/sap-logistics-sd-interview.html&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;SAP SD Interview&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;
&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://allinterviewz.blogspot.com/2012/08/sap-logistics-pp-interview.html&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;SAP PP Interview&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;
&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://allinterviewz.blogspot.com/feeds/6612638683699379898/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://allinterviewz.blogspot.com/2012/08/sap-logistics-mm-interview.html#comment-form' title='5 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/6538092637525795247/posts/default/6612638683699379898'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/6538092637525795247/posts/default/6612638683699379898'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://allinterviewz.blogspot.com/2012/08/sap-logistics-mm-interview.html' title='SAP Logistics (MM) Interview'/><author><name>Unknown</name><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='https://img1.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>5</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-6538092637525795247.post-674618568923965791</id><published>2012-08-08T19:55:00.002-07:00</published><updated>2012-08-13T19:42:42.925-07:00</updated><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="SAP"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="SAP Logistics"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="SAP SD"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="SAP SD Interview"/><title type='text'>SAP Logistics (SD) Interview</title><content type='html'>&lt;b style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;What are the components of the SAP SD Module?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;The important components in SAP Sales &amp;amp; Distribution module include:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Master data&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Basic functions&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Sales (including foreign sales and sales support)&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Shipping and transportation&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Billing&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Sales support&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Information systems&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;b style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;What are the important Organizational Elements of SAP SD?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;The important Organizational Elements in SAP Sales &amp;amp; Distribution include:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Sales organization&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Distribution channel&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Division&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Sales area&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Sales group&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Sales person&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;b style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;Explain the ‘Sales Organization.’ How it is assigned to a ‘Plant’?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;The ‘Sales Organization’ is the top-most organizational element in SD. It represents and takes care of all the transactions relating to the selling and distribution of products or services. A distribution channel is assigned to one or more sales organization. The customer master can be maintained with different sales organization views.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;The sales organization, identified by a 4-character code, is assigned to one or more plants. These plants are, in turn, assigned to a Company Code. So, it follows that any number of sales areas can be brought under a single Company Code.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Even though it is possible that you may have any number of sales organizations, it is recommended that you have a minimum number of these units in your setup. Ideal recommendation is for a single sales organization per Company Code. If you are selling the same product or service from more than one sales organization, then there is a clear indication that you have more sales organizations defined than what would ideally be required.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;What is a ‘Distribution Channel’?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;A ‘Distribution Channel’ depicts the channel through which the products or services reach the customers after they are sold (for example, wholesale, retail, direct sales, etc.). Represented by a 2-digit identifier, the distribution channel is assigned to one or more sales areas. As a result, one customer may be serviced through more than one distribution channel. Such as in a sales organization, the customer master data may have different distribution channel views.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;What is a ‘Distribution Chain’?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;A ‘Distribution Chain’ represents the possible combinations of sales organization(s) and distribution channel(s).&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;What is a ‘Division’?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;A ‘Division’ depicts the product or service group for a range of products/services. For each division, you may define and maintain customer-specific parameters such as terms of payment, pricing, etc. The division may come under one or more distribution channels.&amp;nbsp;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;What is a ‘Sales Area’?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;A ‘Sales Area’ is a combination of the sales organization, distribution channel, and division.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Explain how ‘Human Elements’ are organized in SD.&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;There are three distinct organizational units in SD from the human angle:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Sales Office&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Sales Group&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Sales Person&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;The Sales Office represents the geographical dimension in sales and distribution. A sales office is assigned to a sales area. The staff of a sales office may be grouped into Sales Groups. This corresponds to sales divisions. A Sales Person is assigned to a sales group. This assignment is done at the personnel master record level.&amp;nbsp;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Where and how is a ‘Business Area Assignment’ done?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Business area assignment is done at two levels:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Plant level&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Valuation area level&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;The ‘business area’ is assigned to the combination of ‘plant’/‘valuation area’ and the ‘division.’&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;A ‘Plant’ is Assigned to Which of the Entities in the SD Organization?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;A Plant is assigned to:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Company Code&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Combination of Sales Organization &amp;amp; Distribution Channel&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Purchasing Organization&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;b style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;How is the ‘Shipping Point’ determined by the system?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;The ‘Shipping Point’ is determined by the combination of shipping condition, loading group, and plant assigned to a shipping point.&amp;nbsp;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;What are the important ‘Customer Master Records’?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Some of the important customer records are:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Sold-to-Party record&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Ship-to-Party record&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Bill-to-Party record&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Payer record&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;b style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;What are the various sections of the ‘Customer Master Record’?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;The different sections in a master record are:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;General Data&lt;/b&gt; - You will be able to create general data such as addresses, telephones, contact persons, unloading points, etc., either from the accounting side or from the sales side.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Company Code Data&lt;/b&gt; - You will be able to create data in account management (credit management, payment details, taxations, insurance, etc.) that pertains to the Company Code in which the customer is created. You do this from the accounting side.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Sales &amp;amp; Distribution Data&lt;/b&gt; - The data for pricing, shipping, etc., comes under this category of information. You will create this from the SD area. You can have data for different sales areas for a single customer.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;b style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;What is a ‘Customer-Material Information Record’?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;The information relating to a material that applies only to a specific customer is known as ‘Customer-Material Information.’ This is nothing but the description of your ‘material by the customer,’ and you record this customer-specific information in the customer-material information record.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;What is a ‘Sales Order’?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;A ‘Sales Order’ is a contract between your Sales Organization and a Customer for supply of specified goods and/services over a specified timeframe and in an agreed upon quantity or unit. All the relevant information from the customer master record and the material master record, for a specific sales area, are copied to the sales order. The sales order may be created with reference to a ‘preceding document’ such as a quotation, then all the initial data from the preceding document is copied to the sales order.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;The ‘sales order’ contains:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Organizational Data&lt;/b&gt; (sales organization, distribution channel, division, sales document type, pricing procedure, etc.).&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Header Data&lt;/b&gt; (sold-to-party, sales office, sales group, pricing date, document date, order reason, document currency, price group, sales district, customer group, shipping condition, incoterms, payment terms, billing schedule, PO number, etc.).&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Item Data&lt;/b&gt; (item category, order quantity, material, batch number, product hierarchy, plant, material group, shipping point, route, delivery priority, customer material, item number, etc.).&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Schedule Line Data&lt;/b&gt; (schedule line, schedule line number, delivery date, order quantity, confirmed quantity, material availability date, loading date, proposed goods issue date, transportation date, movement type, shipping point, etc.).&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;b style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;What are the ‘Special Sales Document Types’?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;SO &amp;nbsp; Rush Order&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;G2 &amp;nbsp; Credit&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;RE &amp;nbsp; Return Order&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;KN &amp;nbsp; FoC (Free-of-Charge) Subsequent Delivery Order&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;RK &amp;nbsp; Invoice Correction Request&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;b style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;What is the ‘Consignment Stock Process’?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;In the ‘Consignment Stock Process,’ you allow your stock or material to be at the customer’s site. You may also allow your stock or material to be made available at your site, but reserved for a particular customer. And you will allow the customer to sell or consume as much stock as he wants from this. You will then bill the customer only for the quantities that he has consumed or sold.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;You will monitor the consignment stock—also known as special stock—in your system customer-wise and material-wise. You will use the standard sales order document type KB and standard delivery type LF for processing a consignment sales order.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Explain ‘Sales Document Blocking.’&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;You may be required to block a specific sales document type from further processing, when you want to block undesirable customers. You can achieve this for a specific customer or for a specific document type. You may also block it, in the customer master record, for a single sales area or for all the sales areas attached to the customer.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;The blocking is done in customizing by assigning blocking reasons to the sales document types. Then in the customer master record do the necessary document block.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Can you ‘Block’ a transaction for a material that is ‘Flagged for Deletion’?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;When you set the ‘deletion flag’ for a material at the plant level, you will still be able to enter an order even though the system will ‘warn’ you that the material has been flagged for deletion. If you need to block any transaction for a material, then you need to use the ‘Sales Status’ field in the ‘Sales Organization View’ of the material master.&amp;nbsp;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Can Items in a ‘Sales Order’ belong to different ‘Distribution Channels’?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;No. The various items in a ‘Sales Order’ should belong to a single distribution channel only. However, the various items in a delivery can belong to different distribution channels.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Can the Items in a ‘Billing Document’ belong to different ‘Distribution Channels’?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;No. The various items in a ‘Billing Document’ should belong to a single distribution channel only.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Differentiate between a ‘Sales Area’ and a ‘Sales Line.’&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;A ‘Sales Area’ is comprised of sales organization, distribution channel, and division whereas a Sales Line is the combination of the sales organization and the distribution channel.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Can a ‘Sales Area’ belong to different Company Codes?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;No. A ‘Sales Area’ can belong to only one Company Code.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;What is the ‘Storage Location Rule’?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;The ‘Storage Location Rule’ assigned in the Delivery Document type determines the Storage Location, even when the storage location is entered during delivery creation. This is based on the following rules:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;MALA: Shipping Point/Plant/Storage condition&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;RETA: Plant/Situation/Storage condition&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;MARE: MALA then RETA&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;b style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;How do you configure the ‘Partner Determination Procedure’ in SD?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;The ‘Partner Determination Procedure’ is configured as outlined in the following steps:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;ol&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Create an account group&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Create and assign a number range to that account group&amp;nbsp;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Create and assign the partner functions to the account group&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Create a partner determination procedure&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Assign the partner functions to the partner determination procedure&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Finally, assign the partner determination procedure to the account group&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ol&gt;
&lt;b style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;Where do you define ‘Unloading Points’ and ‘Goods Receiving Hours’?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;The ‘Unloading Points’ and ‘Goods Receiving Hours’ are defined in the Customer Master&amp;gt;General Data&amp;gt;Unloading Points tab.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Where do you define the ‘Terms of Payment’ for a Customer?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;The ‘Terms of Payment’ for a specific customer is defined in the Customer Master&amp;gt;Company Code Data&amp;gt;Payment Transactions Tab, and also in the Billing Document Tab in the Sales Area Data of the Customer Master.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Click below links for more SAP Logistics Interview Questions and Answers&amp;nbsp;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://allinterviewz.blogspot.com/2012/08/sap-logistics-mm-interview.html&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;SAP MM Interview&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://allinterviewz.blogspot.com/2012/08/sap-logistics-pp-interview.html&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;SAP PP Interview&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://allinterviewz.blogspot.com/feeds/674618568923965791/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://allinterviewz.blogspot.com/2012/08/sap-logistics-sd-interview.html#comment-form' title='6 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/6538092637525795247/posts/default/674618568923965791'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/6538092637525795247/posts/default/674618568923965791'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://allinterviewz.blogspot.com/2012/08/sap-logistics-sd-interview.html' title='SAP Logistics (SD) Interview'/><author><name>Unknown</name><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='https://img1.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>6</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-6538092637525795247.post-2325018476914384696</id><published>2012-08-08T19:27:00.002-07:00</published><updated>2012-08-13T19:43:36.496-07:00</updated><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="SAP"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="SAP CO"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="SAP CO Interview"/><title type='text'>SAP CO Interview 3</title><content type='html'>&lt;b style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;Explain ‘Segments’ and ‘Cycles.’&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;A ‘Segment’ is one processing unit required to complete an automated allocation of distribution or assessment or reposting of planned/actual costs in controlling in SAP. A segment is made up of (a) allocation characteristics—to identify the sender/receiver, (b) values of the sender—plan/actual, type of costs to be allocated, and (c) values of the receiver—the basis for allocation, for example, the tracing factor such as SKF, percentages, etc.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;When you combine multiple segments into a single process, then you call that the ‘Cycle.’ A Cycle helps you to process various segments in a chain-like fashion one after another. A Cycle consists of header data (valid for all Segments in a Cycle) and one or more Segments, with summarized rules and settings enabling allocation. The Segments within a ‘cycle’ can be processed iteratively (one segment waits for the results of another) or non-iteratively (all the segments are processed independently) or cumulatively (to take care of variations in receiver Tracing Factors or sender amounts).&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Typically, when you start the cycles you will start them in a ‘test’ mode to see the allocations before actual postings. Technically, you can run the cycles in ‘production’ mode at any point of time, but the system will carry out the allocation postings only on the first day of a period. The utility of the cycle lies in the fact that you can run these period after period.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;What is ‘Iterative Processing’ of Cycles?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;‘Iterative Processing’ is nothing but the repetitive processing of sender/receiver relationships until the sender’s entire cost is transferred to the receiver(s). During iterative processing, you will not be able to use ‘fixed amounts’ as the ‘sender rules’; you will also not be able to define a percentage to remain on the sender. You will be able to use both plan and actual data while using the iteration.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;What is ‘Splitting’? Explain the ‘Splitting Structure.’&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;‘Splitting’ is a process used to assign ‘activity-independent’ plans/actual costs, both primary and secondary, of a cost center to the individual activity types within that cost center. But the important requirement is that you will use this when there is no account assignment to the activity types.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;You may either use the Splitting rules or the Equivalence number to achieve this. When you split the costs from a cost center, the cost center temporarily becomes more than one cost center for the purpose of allocation but again becomes a single cost center when posting happens in the subsequent period.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;If you need to assign different cost elements or cost element groups to activities in more than one way, then you need to define a ‘Splitting Structure’ containing ‘splitting rules’ to determine the criteria of splitting ‘activity-independent’ costs to an activity type. If you have created the splitting structure in customizing and assigned the same to a cost center, then the system uses the splitting structure for cost apportioning; otherwise, it will use the equivalence number.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;The ‘splitting rules’ determine the amount or the proportion of costs to be allocated to various activity types of a cost center and is based on the consumption of these activity types. The costs thus allocated may be a fixed sum, or a percentage, or it can even be based on the tracing factors or SKFs.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;The ‘equivalence number’ is a basic method for splitting the costs when you manually plan for each of the activity types. By this, you will plan all activity-independent costs according to the equivalence numbers (the default is 1).&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;What is an ‘Activity Price Calculation’?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;You will be completing the planning process only when you perform the ‘Activity Price Calculation,’ which is based on planned activities and costs. By doing this you are valuating the planned secondary costs at receiving cost centers. If you do not want to use activity price thus calculated, you are free to use the political price for the activity type.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;As you are aware, the activity price is used for planned/actual allocation and is determined by using either the political price or the system-calculated activity price.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;What is known as the ‘Political Price’ for an Activity Type?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;The ‘Political Price’ is the price determined outside the SAP system, which is used in manual input using the required planning layout in planning.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;What is ‘Allocation Price Variance?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;‘Allocation Price Variance’ is the difference between the ‘political price’ of an activity type and the ‘system calculated activity price’ of the same activity type.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;What is ‘Budgeting’?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;‘Budgeting’ is used to augment the planning process at the cost-center level. While planning is considered the ‘bottom-up’ approach, budgeting is regarded as the ‘top-down’ method to control costs.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Budgeting usually comes ‘down’ from the ‘top (management)’ and is used to guide the planning process at the cost-center level. Note that budgeting is not integrated with postings; you will get an error when the system comes across a posting that will result in the actual values exceeding the budget for that cost center.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;What are the ‘Direct Allocation’ Methods of Posting in CO?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;The ‘Direct Allocation’ of posting in CO may be an actual cost entry or a transaction-based posting.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;The actual cost entry is the transfer of primary costs from FI to CO, on a real-time basis, through the primary cost elements. You may also transfer transaction data by making the cost accounting assignment to cost objects from other modules such as FI-AA, SD, and MM:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;FI-AA: Assign assets to a cost center (to post depreciation, etc.)&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;MM: Assign GR to a cost center/internal order&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;SD: Assign or settle a sales order to a cost center or internal order&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;Note that during actual cost entry, the system creates two documents. When you post the primary costs from FI to CO, the system will create a document in FI and a parallel document in CO, which is summarized from the point of the cost object/element.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Transaction-based postings are executed within the CO, again on a real-time basis, enabling you to have updated cost information on the cost centers at any point in time. You will be able to carry out the following transaction-based postings in CO:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Reposting&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;ol&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&amp;nbsp; Line items&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&amp;nbsp; Transactions&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ol&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Manual cost allocation&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Direct activity allocation&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Posting of Statistical Key Figures&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Posting of sender activities&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;b style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;What is the ‘Indirect Allocation’ Method of Postings in CO?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;The ‘Indirect Allocation’ of postings in CO may be used at the end of a period as a periodic allocation. This is done after you have completed all the primary postings. You may post the following periodic allocations using indirect allocation:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Periodic Reposting&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Distribution&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Assessment&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Accrual Cost Calculation (Inputted Cost Calculation)&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Indirect Activity Allocation&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;b style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;Explain ‘CO Automatic Account Assignment.’&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;For transferring primary costs to CO, on a real-time basis, you need to have ‘Automatic Account Assignments’ defined in the system. By doing this, you will always be able to post a particular cost to a specified cost center. You can also use this assignment for automatically posting the exchange rate differences (gain or loss), discount, etc., to CO.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;You may also have additional account assignment at different levels such as:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Controlling area/account/Company Code in the customizing&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Controlling area/account/cost element in the master record&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Controlling area/account/Company Code/business area/valuation area in customizing&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;The system always goes through the route of customizing first, then to the cost element master record while accessing the account assignment rules.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;How does ‘Validation’ differ from ‘Substitution’?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;SAP uses validations and substitutions to check the integrity of data entered before posting a document. When you have both substitutions and validations defined, the system first completes the substitution then goes on to validate the entries. Note that only one validation and one substitution can be activated at a time for a controlling area per ‘call-up point.’&amp;nbsp;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;A ‘Validation’ uses Boolean logic for checking any type of combination of specified criteria (such as account type/cost center combination) for ensuring the validity before allowing you to post a document.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Example:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Validation Rule&lt;/b&gt;: If the cost element is ‘120000,’ then the cost center is ‘1200.’&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Document&lt;/b&gt;: You try posting a document containing the cost element as ‘120000’ and the cost center is ‘1400.’&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;System Response&lt;/b&gt;: The system will throw an ‘error message’ after checking that the cost center value does not match the cost center value of the criteria for that given cost element value.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;In contrast to validation which just checks for validity, substitution ensures that the system replaces a value assigned to one or more fields based on predetermined criteria, using, again, ‘Boolean logic.’&amp;nbsp;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Example:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Substitution Rule&lt;/b&gt;: If the cost element is ‘120000,’ then the cost center is ‘1200.’&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Document&lt;/b&gt;: You try posting a document containing the cost element as ‘120000’ and the cost center as ‘1400.’&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;System Response&lt;/b&gt;: The system will replace the entered cost center value of ‘1400’ with that of the correct value ‘1200.’&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;b style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;What is a ‘Call-up Point’?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;A ‘Call-up Point’ is a particular point in transaction processing that triggers an action such as substitution or validation.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;What is ‘Boolean Logic’?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;‘Boolean Logic’ is based on simple logic to determine if a given statement is true or false. The logic works on the basic principle that a statement can either be true or false. In a complex statement (created using operators ‘and’/‘or’/‘nor,’ etc.) with many parts, the logic goes by assigning true or false from part to part, and then determines at the end whether the combination is true or false.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Explain ‘Reposting’ in Cost Center Accounting.&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;‘Reposting’ is one of the ‘transaction-based postings’ in Cost Center Accounting used to reallocate costs that were incorrectly posted to another cost center earlier. Also called internal reposting, there are two types:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Line Item Reposting&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Transaction Reposting&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;Use Line Item Reposting only when a certain line item, from the original posting, needs to be reposted. Under this reposting, at the end of the transaction, the system creates a new CO document, but keeps the original FI document unchanged. In the new CO document created, the original FI number is referenced.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;You will resort to the entire Transaction Reposting when the original posting was incorrect. Here, the original FI documents are not referenced to in the new CO document created, though the original FI document remains unchanged.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Is ‘Periodic Reposting’ Different from ‘Reposting’?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;‘Periodic Reposting,’ a method under ‘indirect allocation,’ is used to correct multiple postings made to cost centers during a particular period. As such, this is similar to multiple reposting under ‘transaction-based postings.’&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Periodic reposting is also similar to distribution, when you use this, at the period end, to transfer all costs from a ‘pooled cost center’ to other receivers. (Note that the ‘distribution’ is meant primarily for cost allocation, but periodic reposting is meant for correcting the posting errors.)&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Explain ‘Manual Cost Allocation.’&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;‘Manual Cost Allocation’—one of the ‘transaction-based postings’—is used to post both primary and secondary actual costs (not the planned costs), and also to transfer external data. You may also use this to correct secondary costs that were incorrectly posted earlier. In the process of manual cost allocation, remember that you can use any type of cost element except 43, as this is meant exclusively for activity allocation.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;You may use this among cost centers, internal orders, networks, network activities, sales orders, sales order items, WBS elements, etc., identifying these cost objects as senders/receivers.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;What is ‘Direct Activity Allocation’?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;‘Direct Activity Allocation’—one of the ‘transaction-based postings’—is used to record activities performed by a cost center and to allocate simultaneously to ‘receiving cost centers.’ You will use this ‘direct activity allocation’ only when you know the activity volumes of both the sender and the receiver. If not known, then use the indirect activity allocation at the period end.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;You need to input the activity quantity, sender/receiver cost center and date to enable the system to allocate the costs; the system will automatically determine the allocation cost element and the activity price (either the planned price or the actual price). The system multiplies the activity consumed with that of the activity price to arrive at the allocated cost.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;How do You Calculate ‘Accrued Costs’?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;SAP provides two methods for calculating the Inputted or Accrued Costs in CO:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Target=Actual method&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Cost Element Percent method&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;b style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;Describe the ‘Reconciliation Ledger.’&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;The ‘Reconciliation Ledger’ is used to keep track of all cross-Company Code transactions between FI and CO, as there is every chance that there may be some imbalance between the CO totals and FI totals when more than one Company Code is attached to a controlling area. This is because you may try to allocate costs from one cost center to another assigned to a different Company Code.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;The reconciliation ledger records the Company Code, business area, functional area, amount, cost objects, cost element, currency (Company Code and controlling area), etc. You can make reconciliation postings at the end of a period to synchronize FI and CO with the configuration settings to automatically post the differences to FI.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;While configuring the reconciliation ledger, you may use extended account assignments besides the normal account assignment for automatic transfer of reconciled postings. The extended account assignment helps make more comprehensive assignments to the relevant reconciliation accounts, with the option and flexibility of specifying any field in the reconciliation ledger (Company Code, cost element, functional area, etc.) for checking the ‘substitution rules.’&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;To aid in determining possible reconciliation postings, you can opt for selecting individual cost flows from all the relevant cost flows. This is accomplished by running the relevant report and looking for the relevant ‘data block’ (such as total cost flows, basic overview list, and detailed list).&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;What is ‘Variance Analysis’ in CO-OM-CCA?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;‘Variance Analysis’ is the determination and interpretation of the difference(s) between the actual and planned (target) costs (within a cost center/cost center group) in cost center accounting. The analysis is intended to provide important clues to top management to plan better later.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;What are the ‘Categories of Variances’ in CO-OM-CCA?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;SAP helps to classify all variances into two categories:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Input Variance&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Output Variance&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;b style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;Explain the ‘Input Variance.’&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;The ‘Input Variance’ is the result of the mismatch of amounts/quantities of inputs planned and actually used. You will be able to identify the following input side variances in the system:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Quantity Variance&lt;/b&gt;—when there is a difference between planned and actual quantity of activity consumption. The inference is that there is some production inefficiency leading to more consumption or there is some loss/shrinkage in the quantities.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Price Variance&lt;/b&gt;—when there is a difference between the planned and actual price of an activity. The inference will be that you may need to change the suppliers looking for lower prices or it is just a market condition.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Resource (use) Variance&lt;/b&gt;—when there is use of an unplanned cost element or there has not been a posting of a planned cost element. The inference is that there are some unidentified costs that may be planned in the next planning cycle, or just plain errors in postings.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Remaining (input) Variance&lt;/b&gt;—these are all miscellaneous variances where the system is not able to categorize a variance.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;b style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;What is an ‘Output Variance’?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;An ‘Output Variance’ is the result when the actual costs allocated from a cost center differ from the planned (or target) cost allocation from the cost center. The variances on the ‘output side’ may be any one of the following:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Volume Variance - &lt;/b&gt;This variance occurs with actual and planned activities (in terms of activity quantity and/or the activity itself).&amp;nbsp;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Output Price Variance - &lt;/b&gt;This variance occurs when the activity price used in the actual allocation is a political activity price (manually entered or plan price) differing from the system calculated activity price (target price).&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Output Quantity Variance - &lt;/b&gt;This kind of variance occurs only on the actual side, when there is a difference between the actual activity quantity (manually) entered in the sender cost center, and the actual activity quantity allocated from that sender cost center.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Remaining Variance - &lt;/b&gt;This reflects the miscellaneous variance, at the cost center level, identified by the system on the output side but remains not categorized into any of the above three types. The possible reason can be that you have deactivated the output variances in the variance variant configuration or the output variance is less than the ‘minor difference’ you have defined in the ‘variance variant.’&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;b style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;How do You Deal with ‘Variances’?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Though the system identifies and calculates variances, they are not automatically dealt with by the system. Hence, these variances will remain at the cost center as a period-end balance and you need to act on that in one of the following ways:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;You may do actual activity price calculation to revalue all internal allocations with a newly calculated price (as against the initial planned activity price), and post the difference to all the cost centers which initially received the allocations. This will help you in clearing all or a portion of output price variances.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;You may ‘transfer’ the variance balance to other modules (such as CO-PA) for further analysis.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;You may make additional automated allocations within CO-OM-CCA to one or more cost center.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;b style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;What are All the ‘Standard Reports’ in CO?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;SAP comes delivered with a number of ‘Standard Reports’ in the CO module. The reports are grouped under:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Planning reports&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Comparison reports&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Line item reports&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Report for activity prices&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Reports for variance analysis&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Master data reports&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Document display&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;All the reports are arranged in a ‘report tree’ with a hierarchical arrangement of reports under various nodes. Note that you will not be able to change the standard report tree supplied by SAP; if you need to you can copy it, define your own reports, and then attach these newly defined ones to the new report tree you just defined.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;What is ‘Summarization’ in CO?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;‘Summarization’ helps to condense and store the transaction data at the ‘cost center group’ level. You may do the summarization for the highest node of the standard hierarchy or any of the ‘alternate hierarchies.’ Once summarized, you will be able to create a vast number of reports with report run-time vastly reduced as all the data of the nodes are readily available from the summarized table.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Click below links for more SAP CO Interview Questions and Answers&amp;nbsp;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://allinterviewz.blogspot.com/2012/08/sap-co-interview-1.html&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;SAP CO Interview 1&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://allinterviewz.blogspot.com/2012/08/sap-co-interview-2.html&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;SAP CO Interview 2&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/span&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://allinterviewz.blogspot.com/feeds/2325018476914384696/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://allinterviewz.blogspot.com/2012/08/sap-co-interview-3.html#comment-form' title='3 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/6538092637525795247/posts/default/2325018476914384696'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/6538092637525795247/posts/default/2325018476914384696'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://allinterviewz.blogspot.com/2012/08/sap-co-interview-3.html' title='SAP CO Interview 3'/><author><name>Unknown</name><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='https://img1.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>3</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-6538092637525795247.post-4646999739685175062</id><published>2012-08-08T02:21:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2012-08-13T19:43:36.500-07:00</updated><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="SAP"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="SAP CO"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="SAP CO Interview"/><title type='text'>SAP CO Interview 2</title><content type='html'>&lt;b style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;Define ‘Cost Center Accounting (CO-OM-CCA).’&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;‘Cost Center Accounting (CO-OM-CCA)’ helps you to track where costs are incurred in your enterprise. All the costs, such as salary and wages, rent, water charges, etc., incurred are either assigned or posted to a cost center.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;What is a ‘Cost Center’?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;A ‘Cost Center’ is an organizational element within a controlling area.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;You may define cost centers according to your specific needs; the most common approach is to define a cost center for each of the bottom-most organizational units that are supposed to manage their costs. So, typical cost centers could be canteen, telephone, power, human resources, production, etc.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;There are other ways of designing cost centers; you may create cost centers representing geographical requirements or responsibility areas or activities/services produced, etc.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;After defining individual cost centers, you will assign each one of the cost centers to one of the cost center categories. All cost centers of a controlling area are assigned to a standard hierarchy.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;What is a ‘Cost Center Category’?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;A ‘Cost Center Category’ is an indicator in the cost center master record that identifies what kind of activities a particular cost center performs. SAP comes delivered with default categories such as administration, production, logistics, marketing, development, management, etc. If necessary, as in other cases, you may create your own categories. The categorization is useful for assigning certain standard characteristics to a group of cost centers performing similar activities.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;SAP also allows you to store special indicators (such as lock indicators) for each of the cost center categories. These special indicators serve as defaults when you create a new cost center.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;What is a ‘Standard Hierarchy?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;A tree-like hierarchy structure grouping all the cost centers (of all the Company Codes belonging to a single controlling area) so defined is known as the ‘Standard Hierarchy’ in CO. This is the SAP method of grouping all the cost centers in a controlling area, which helps in analyzing the cost summary at the end of the nodes of the hierarchy (cost center or cost center groups or at the top level). A cost center can be attached to any number of cost center groups, but you cannot assign the same cost center more than once within a cost center group.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;The standard hierarchy helps in easy maintenance of the cost centers/cost center groups for creation of new ones or changing existing ones. It supports drag-drop functionality.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;You may use alternate hierarchies to group cost centers according to your internal reporting requirements. You can have any number of alternate hierarchies but it is mandatory that you have one standard hierarchy. The alternate hierarchy is also known as the master data group.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Explain Posting of Costs to ‘Cost Centers.’&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;When you create accounting transitions in FI/FI-AA/MM, you typically post to one or more GL accounts. While doing so, provided you have already configured in such a way, you also require the user to input the cost center for that transaction, so that when the transaction is posted the values (costs) flow not only to the GL but also to CO to the appropriate cost center. The system will create two posting documents: one for FI and another for CO.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Additionally, you will also be able to post non-financial information such as direct labor hours from HR or PP modules to cost centers in CO.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;What is an ‘Activity Type’?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;‘Activity Type’ helps you do define the service/action (for example, human labor, machine labor, repair hours, etc.) performed or provided by a cost center. It forms the ‘basis’ for allocating costs to other cost centers or internal orders, etc. You may assign an activity type to an operation so that they are reflected in PP; a CO document is created with the costs of the operation allocated from the cost center that produced the operation to a production order, when the operation is completed in PP.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;You may group activity types into activity type groups for easy maintenance.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;You need to arrive at the activity price, which needs to be attached to that particular activity type for planning or recording the actual. The activity price is calculated by dividing the total costs by the total planned/actual activity quantity (hours, units, etc.).&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;It is not necessary that all the cost centers have activity types associated with them. If there is no output from a cost center, then there will be no activity type for that cost center.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Where do You Assign Activity Type in Cost Centers?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;There is no direct assignment. You plan the output for a cost center first by using Transaction KP26. Then, plan the value of that cost center with the budget for a period in Transaction KP06. ‘Planned Activity expenditure’/‘Planned Activity Quantity’ gives the ‘planned activity rate,’ which you can use to valuate your activity confirmations in manufacturing orders. You can also define your activity prices on your own, but you have to run the ‘price revaluation’ if you want to revaluate your actual activity prices.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;What is a ‘Resource’ in CO?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;‘Resources’ are goods/services, consumed by CO objects such as cost center/internal order/WBS element, which are supplied (internally or externally) to an organization in order to produce business activities. The resources are used only in planning and not for tracking the actual.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;There are three types of resources:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Type B (used in base planning object)&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Type M (refers to a material)&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Type R (exists only in CO-OM)&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;b style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;What is a ‘Statistical Key Figure’ (SKF)?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;The ‘Statistical Key Figure (SKF)’ is used as the basis (tracing factor) for making allocations (assessments/distributions). They are the statistical data such as number of employees, area in square meters, etc. You will make use of a SKF when you are faced with a situation where it is not possible to use any other conventional method or measure to arrive at the share of costs to be allocated to cost centers.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Suppose that you are incurring a monthly expense of USD 5,000 in the cost center cafeteria, the cost of which needs to be allocated to other cost centers. You can achieve this by the SKF. Imagine that you want this to be allocated based on the ‘number of employees’ working in each of the other cost centers such as administrative office (50 employees) and the factory (200 employees). You will now use the number of employees as the SKF for allocating the costs.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;In SKF allocation, you have the flexibility of using two different SKF Categories; namely, Total value or Fixed value. You will use fixed values in situations where the SKF does not change very often, as in the case of the number of employees, area, etc. You will use total values in situations where the value is expected to change every now and then, as in the case of power use or water consumption and the like.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Explain the ‘Planning’ steps in CO-OM-CCA.&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;The three steps involved in planning in cost center accounting include:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Configuration required for planning&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Configure a Plan Version&amp;nbsp;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Create or Copy Plan Layouts&amp;nbsp;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Create Plan Profile&amp;nbsp;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Insert Plan Layouts into Plan Profile&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;b style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Inputting the planned data&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Completing the planning activity&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;What is a ‘Plan Version’?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;A ‘Plan Version’ is a collection of planning data. The version controls whether the user will maintain plan data or actual data or both. You may create as many versions as you need, though SAP provides you with the necessary versions in the standard system.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Each version has information stored in the system per fiscal year period. The version ‘000’ is automatically created for a period horizon of five years, and is normally the final version as this allows for storing actual information as well. You will be using the data in version ‘000&#39; for all the planned activity price calculation. Once planning is completed, you need to ‘lock’ that version so that no one will be able to modify the plan data.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;What is ‘Integrated Planning’ in CO-OM-CCA?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;‘Integrated Planning’ helps you to transfer data from other SAP modules such as PP, HR, FI-AA, etc. If you have planned data in these modules and just transfer these into CO, without making any changes, then you do not need plan again in cost center accounting. Before using integrated planning, you need to activate the integration in the planning menu.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Note that integrated planning is possible only when there has been no data planned on that version before activating the integrated planning.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Explain ‘Plan Layout.’&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;A ‘Plan Layout’ is nothing but a data entry screen or template that you use to input plan data.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;In most situations, it would be more than sufficient to use SAP supplied planning layouts; however, you may create your own by copying one of the existing layouts and altering it with the help of report painter. While creating a custom layout, note that you have the flexibility to create up to nine lead columns (giving the details the nature of the data associated with the value columns), and any number of value columns (plan data such as amount, unit, etc., corresponding to the lead column).&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;You also have the option of using MS-Excel spreadsheets as the data input screen in lieu of the SAP plan layouts; but to achieve this you need to activate the ‘integrating with Excel option’ while assigning the layout(s) to a planner profile in IMG.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;You need to define a plan layout for each of the three planning areas in CO, namely:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Primary Cost and Activity Inputs&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Activity Output/Prices&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Statistical Key Figures&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;b style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;Explain a ‘Plan Profile.’&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;A ‘Plan Profile’ (or Planning Profile) helps in controlling the whole process of planning by logically grouping the various plan layouts together. It determines the timeline for planning. You can have more than one planning layout per plan profile.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Before you actually start inputting the data, you need to set the plan profile so that the system knows what layout needs to be used for the planning exercise.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;How do You Copy ‘Plan Data’ from one period to another?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;SAP allows you to copy planning data, created manually earlier, from one fiscal year to the other or from one period to a different period within the same fiscal year. You have the option of copying existing plan data to a future period as new plan data or copying actual data from one period to another as plan data.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;What is the recommended Planning Sequence, in CO?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;SAP recommends three steps in the planning. In all three steps, the planning can be carried out manually or automatically. You may use assessment, distribution, and indirect activity allocation or inputted costs for planning. You can also have centralized planning (cost element planning for all the cost centers) and decentralized planning (planning for individual cost centers) in your organization.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;What are the two options for entering Plan Data?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;SAP provides you with a choice of two options to enter your plan data. You may use Form-based entry or Free entry.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;In form-based entry, all you need to do is fill in the plan data in the rows corresponding to the characteristic values (cost centers, cost element, etc.) displayed on the screen. But, in free entry, you have the freedom of inputting even the characteristic values.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;What are ‘Distribution Keys’?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;The SAP system uses ‘Distribution Keys’ to distribute planned values across various periods. With the standard distribution keys supplied by SAP, you will be able to achieve the type of distribution you need:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;DK1 (equal distribution)&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;DK2 (distribution as done earlier)&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;DK5 (copy values to period where there is no value)&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;For example, if you have a planned annual value of 12,000, by using DK1 you will be able to distribute 1,000 each as the monthly values. If you had plan values for last year which were something like 1,000 for January to June, 500 for July, 1,500 for August, and 1,000 each for September to December, then by using DK2, you will be able to copy the same amounts to the next fiscal year. DK5 will copy values to future periods only if there are no values already available for those periods.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Differentiate ‘Activity-Dependent ‘and ‘Activity-Independent’ Costs.&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;As you might be aware of already, there are two types of costs; namely, variable costs and fixed costs.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Variable Costs, such as material costs, factory labor, etc., are always dependent on an activity, and will vary depending on the activity. The higher the activity the more will be the expenditure towards variable costs. In short, these costs are directly proportional to the level of activity. In SAP CO, these costs are known as ‘Activity-Dependent Costs.’&amp;nbsp;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;In contrast to the variable costs, ‘Activity-Independent Costs’ or fixed costs do not usually vary with the level of activity. And you may need to incur these costs irrespective of whether there is an activity. Costs such as costs towards security, insurance premiums, etc., fall under the category of fixed costs.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;What is a ‘Mixed Cost’?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;There are instances where you will come across a costing situation where the costs cannot be strictly segregated into either fixed or variable costs. These costs are known as semi-fixed costs or semi-variable costs or mixed costs, because a portion of the total costs is fixed and the remaining portion is a variable cost.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;The classic example is the charges for electricity in a production environment, where there is a basic minimum charge payable to the electricity provider (or towards heating requirements of the buildings) which remains fixed whether there is some production activity or not. When there is production, you will use more electricity, which varies with the level of production.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Explain ‘Manual Primary Cost Planning.’&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;‘Manual Primary Cost Planning’ is used to plan for costs associated with the external procurement of goods and services. You will plan both fixed and variable costs, and also mixed costs, if necessary. You will plan costs such as salaries, wages, etc., as activity-dependent costs; the costs towards security, etc., will be planned as activity-independent costs.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;You need to note that planning fixed primary costs is not vastly different from that of planning for variable primary costs. When you plan for the variable primary costs you need to mention the activity type associated with that. You may further break down this cost into fixed and variable proportions. The ‘fixed primary costs’ or ‘activity-independent primary costs’ are planned using the primary cost elements on various cost centers, based on the activity performed on a particular cost center.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;You may use any of the following SAP supplied planning layouts:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;1–101— Activity-independent or activity-dependent primary costs&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;1–103— Activity-independent costs&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;1–152— Activity-independent costs (on a quarterly basis)&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;1–153— Cost-element planning (two versions simultaneously)&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;1–154— Cost-element planning (previous year’s actual displayed in the lead column)&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;1–156— Central planning (Cost element planning from Cost center perspective)&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;b style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;Explain ‘Automatic Primary Cost Planning.’&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;SAP provides you with two ways of handling Primary Costs Planning; namely:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Inputted Costs Calculation&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Distribution&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;Inputted Costs Calculation is used to smooth one-time costs (bonus, incentives, etc.) incurred by spreading them over a period of time though it is posted on the FI side at the end of the year. You again have two methods of processing these costs: (i) when there is no corresponding costs equivalent on the FI side such as the inputted family labor or inputted rent, etc., and (ii) when there is a corresponding cost equivalent on the FI side such as festival bonus, etc.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Distribution helps in planning primary costs from one cost center to the other. The cost center from where the costs are distributed is known as the sender (or pooled cost center or clearing cost center) and the other cost centers to which the costs are distributed or where the costs are received are known as receivers.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Note that you will be able to distribute planned/actual primary costs only. Also note that the pooled cost center does not incur any of these costs but acts only as the ‘clearing center’ for distribution to other cost centers. During the process, you will use the SKF or the regular percentage method as the distribution rule for achieving the distribution. The distribution cycle helps to carry out the whole planning exercise.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Explain ‘Manual Secondary Cost Planning.’&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;‘Manual Secondary Cost Planning’ is required when you need to plan consumption quantities of a sender cost center’s planned activity from the point of view of the receiving cost center. The activity inputs may be planned either as the activity-dependent costs (variable) or as activity-independent costs (fixed).&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;The ‘activity-dependent primary cost planning’ is used only when you need the services such as repair hours on a specified activity type. On the other hand, you will use ‘activity-independent primary cost planning’ when you need services such as maintenance hours, which are not restricted to a particular activity.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;The system uses the ‘planned calculated activity price’ for posting the secondary cost. It is possible to carry out ‘manual secondary cost planning’ for activity types categorized as Category-1 (manual entry/manual allocation). Note that it is important that you perform reconciliation of planned consumption of an activity at the receiver cost center to the volume planned at the sender’s level; otherwise, you will get a warning message when the system calculates the activity price.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Explain ‘Assessment’ in Secondary Cost Planning.&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;‘Assessment’ is one of the methods used in ‘automatic planning of secondary costs’ in cost center accounting. You will typically use this method when you need to allocate costs from one cost center to other cost centers. The original costs, even if they are primary, from the cost center are grouped and reclassified as secondary while allocating the same to other cost centers (imagine that you are collecting primary costs such as postage, telephone, courier expenses, fax charges, etc., into a cost center called 1000, now group these costs for assessment using a secondary cost element to receiver cost centers: 2000 and 3000).&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;You need to define an assessment rule (either ‘percentage’ or ‘SKFs’ or ‘fixed amounts’) for affecting assessment. You would have now noticed that this is similar to the distribution used in ‘primary cost planning.’&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;So, why do you need an assessment? Assessment is required when you need to allocate secondary costs, and when you do not need the details you would otherwise get from distribution.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;What is an ‘Allocation Structure’?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;You need to define or use a secondary cost element, called the ‘assessment cost element,’ while you carry out the ‘assessment’ in ‘automatic secondary cost planning.’ Instead of defining individual assessment elements (for a group of primary cost elements) in individual segments, every now and then, you may define various assessment elements in an ‘Allocation Structure,’ and use them repeatedly.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Click below links for more SAP CO Interview Questions and Answers&amp;nbsp;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://allinterviewz.blogspot.com/2012/08/sap-co-interview-1.html&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;SAP CO Interview 1&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://allinterviewz.blogspot.com/2012/08/sap-co-interview-3.html&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;SAP CO Interview 3&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://allinterviewz.blogspot.com/feeds/4646999739685175062/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://allinterviewz.blogspot.com/2012/08/sap-co-interview-2.html#comment-form' title='2 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/6538092637525795247/posts/default/4646999739685175062'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/6538092637525795247/posts/default/4646999739685175062'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://allinterviewz.blogspot.com/2012/08/sap-co-interview-2.html' title='SAP CO Interview 2'/><author><name>Unknown</name><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='https://img1.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>2</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-6538092637525795247.post-4880129169946603496</id><published>2012-08-08T01:43:00.003-07:00</published><updated>2012-08-13T19:43:36.503-07:00</updated><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="SAP"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="SAP CO"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="SAP CO Interview"/><title type='text'>SAP CO Interview 1</title><content type='html'>&lt;b style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;Explain ‘Controlling (CO)’ in SAP.&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;SAP calls managerial accounting ‘Controlling’ and the module is commonly known as ‘CO.’ The CO module is, thus, primarily oriented towards managing and reporting cost/revenue and is mainly used in ‘internal’ decision-making. As with any other module, this module also has configuration set-up and application functionality.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;The controlling module focuses on internal users and helps management by providing reports on cost centers, profit centers, contribution margins and profitability, etc.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;What are the Important ‘Organizational Elements of CO’?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;The important organizational structure of controlling includes:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Operating Concern (the top-most reporting level for profitability analysis and sales and marketing controlling).&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Controlling Area (central organization in ‘controlling,’ structuring internal accounting operations).&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Cost Centers (lower-most organizational units where costs are incurred and transferred).&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;b style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;What is a ‘Controlling Area’? How is it Related to a Company Code?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;A ‘Controlling Area’ is the central organizational structure in ‘controlling’ (CO) and is used in cost accounting. The controlling area, as in the case of a Company Code, is a self-contained cost accounting entity for internal reporting purposes. The controlling area is assigned to one or more Company Codes to ensure that the necessary transactions, posted in FI, are transferred to controlling for cost accounting processing.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;One controlling area can be assigned one or more Company Codes.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;One chart of accounts can be assigned to one or more controlling areas.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;One or more controlling areas can be assigned to an operating concern.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;One Client can have one or more controlling areas.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;b style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;Outline ‘Company Code—Controlling Area’ Assignments.&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;There are two types of assignments possible between the Company Code and a controlling area:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;One-to-one: Here, one Company Code corresponds to one controlling area.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Many-to-one: More than one Company Code is assigned to a single controlling area.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;b style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;What are the ‘Components of Controlling’?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;There are three major submodules in CO and each of these submodules has many components as detailed below:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Cost Element Accounting&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Cost Controlling&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Cost Center Accounting&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Internal Orders&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Activity-Based Costing&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Product Cost Controlling&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Profitability Analysis&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Profit Center Accounting&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;b style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;Why do You Need ‘Cost Element Accounting’?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;‘Cost Element Accounting’ (CO-OM-CEL) helps you to classify costs/revenues posted to CO. It also provides you the ability to reconcile the costs between FI and CO. CO-OM-CEL provides the structure for assignment of CO data in the form of cost/revenue carriers called cost elements or revenue elements.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Explain ‘Cost Center Accounting.’&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;‘Cost Center Accounting’ deals with the difficult task of managing ‘overheads’ within your organization. Since overhead costs are something that you cannot directly associate with a product or service, which can be difficult to control, cost center accounting provides you with the necessary tools to achieve this.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;What is ‘Activity-Based Costing’?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;‘Activity-Based Costing,’ popularly known as ABC, helps you to view overhead costs from the point of business processes. The result is you will be able to optimize costs for the entire business process. As a single business process, activity-based costing will cut across several cost centers and will give you an enhanced view of the costs incurred.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;What is ‘Product Cost Controlling’ (CO-PC)?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;‘Product Cost Controlling’ (CO-PC) deals with estimating the costs to produce a product/service. CO-PC is divided into two major areas:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Cost of materials&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Cost of processing&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;With CO-PC, you can calculate:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Cost of goods manufactured (COGM)&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Cost of goods sold (COGS)&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;CO-PC is tightly integrated with Production Planning (PP) and Materials Management (MM), in addition to FI. The functionality helps to:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Calculate Standard Costs of manufactured goods&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Calculate the Work-in-Progress (WIP)&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Calculate the Variances, at period-end&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Finalize settlement of product costs&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;Note that CO-PC deals only with production costs as it deals only with the production.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;What is ‘Profitability Analysis’ (CO-PA)?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;‘Profitability Analysis’ (CO-PA) helps you determine how profitable (denoted by the ‘contribution margin’) your market segments are. The analysis is on the external side of the market. You will be able to define what segments, such as customer, product, geography, sales organization, etc., of the market are required for analyzing ‘operating results/profits.’ With multi-dimensional ‘drill-down’ capability, you have all the flexibility you need for reporting.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;How is ‘Profit Center Accounting’ (EC-PCA) Different from CO-PA?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Unlike CO-PA where the focus is on external market segments’ profitability, ‘Profit Center Accounting’ (EC-PCA) focuses on profitability of internal areas (profit centers) of the enterprise. Profit center accounting is used to draw internal balance sheets and profit &amp;amp; loss statements. You may use EC-PCA in place of business area accounting.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Both CO-PA and EC-PCA serve different purposes, and are not mutually exclusive. You may need them both in your organization.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Explain ‘Integration of CO’ with its Components and Other SAP Modules.&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;The CO module is integrated with FI, AA, SD, MM, PP, and HR:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;FI is the main source of data for CO. All expenses, posted in FI, flow to CO through the ‘primary cost elements’ to the appropriate ‘cost centers.’ Similarly, postings in Asset Accounting (such as depreciations) are also passed on to CO.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Revenue postings in FI would result in postings in CO-PA and also in EC-PCA.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;The SD, MM, and PP modules have many integration points in CO. Goods issue (GI) to a controlling object or goods receipt (GR) from a ‘production order’ are some examples of integration. These modules are tightly integrated as consumption activities, cost of goods issued, overhead charges, material costs, etc., which are passed on to production objects such as PP production order or sales order. The WIP (Work-in-Progress) and the variances, at period ends, are settled to CO-PA, CO-PCA, and also to FI. Revenues are directly posted when you generate billing documents in SD, if the sales order is a cost object item.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;The HR module generates various types of costs to be posted in CO. Planned HR costs can also be passed on for CO planning.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;b style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;What is a ‘Cost Object’?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;A ‘Cost Object,’ also known as a CO Account Assignment Object, in SAP denotes a unit to which you can assign objects. It is something like a repository in which you collect costs, and, if necessary, move the costs from one object to another. All the components of CO have their own cost objects such as cost centers, internal orders, etc.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;The cost objects decide the nature of postings as to whether they are real postings or statistical postings. All the objects that are identified as statistical postings are not considered cost objects (for example, profit centers).&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Differentiate Between ‘Real’ and ‘Statistical Postings’ in CO.&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;The CO account assignment objects decide the type of postings allowed. They can be real or statistical postings.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;‘Real Postings’ allow you to further allocate/settle those costs to any other cost object in CO, either as ‘senders’ or as ‘receivers.’ The objects that are allowed to have real postings include:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Cost Centers&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Internal Orders (Real)&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Projects (Real)&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Networks&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Profitability Segments&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;PP—Production Orders (make-to-order)&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;‘Statistical Postings,’ on the other hand, are only for information purposes. You will not be able to further allocate/settle these statistical costs to other cost objects. Examples of such objects include:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Statistical (Internal) Orders&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Statistical Projects&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Profit Centers&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;b style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;How do You Define ‘Number Ranges’ in CO?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;You will be required to define, for each of the controlling areas, the ‘Number Ranges’ for all transactions that will generate documents in CO. Once done for a controlling area, you may copy from one controlling area to other controlling areas when you have more than one such area.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;To avoid too many documents, SAP recommends grouping multiple but similar transactions, and then assigning number ranges to this group. Further, you may create different number ranges for plan and actual data. As in FI, the number ranges can be internal or external. The document number ranges in CO are independent of fiscal years.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;How Does ‘Master Data’ Differ from ‘Transaction Data’ in CO?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;The ‘Master Data’ remain unchanged over a long period, whereas ‘Transaction Data’ are short-term. The transaction data are assigned to the master data.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Though you normally create the master data from transactions, note that you will be able to create these records from the configuration side as well. When you need to create a large number of master data, you may use the ‘collective processing’ option to create related master records in one step. SAP puts master data in ‘groups’ for easy maintenance.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;In the case of master data of cost center/cost elements/activity types, once they are created, you will not be able to change the date. SAP calls this feature the ‘time dependency’ of master data. If necessary, you can extend the ‘time’ by creating a new one and attaching it to the existing objects. In the case of resources, the master data are time-dependent and the system will allow you to delete these objects. Statistical Key Figures (SKF) are not time-dependent; once defined they are available in the system forever.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;What is a ‘Cost Element’?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;‘Cost Elements’ represent the origin of costs. There are two types of cost elements:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Primary Cost Elements&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Secondary Cost Elements&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;b style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;What is a ‘Primary Cost Element’?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;‘Primary Cost Elements’ represent the consumption of production factors such as raw materials, human resources, utilities, etc. Primary cost elements have their corresponding GL accounts in FI. All the expense/revenue accounts in FI correspond to the primary cost elements in CO. Before you can create the primary cost elements in CO, you first need to create them in FI as GL accounts.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Note that SAP treats revenue elements also as primary cost elements in CO processing. The only difference is that all the revenue elements are identified with a negative sign while posting in CO. The revenue elements correspond to the revenue accounts in FI and they fall under the cost element category, category 01/11.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;What is a ‘Secondary Cost Element’?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;‘Secondary Cost Elements’ represent the consumption of production factors provided internally by the enterprise itself, and are present only in the CO. They are actually like cost carriers, and are used in allocations and settlements in CO. While creating these elements, you need to mention the cost element category, which can be any of the following:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Category 21, used in internal settlements&amp;nbsp;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Category 42, used in assessments&amp;nbsp;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Category 43, used in internal activity allocation&amp;nbsp;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;b style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;What is a ‘Cost Element Category’?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;All the cost elements need to be assigned to a ‘Cost Element Category,’ to determine the transactions for which you can use the cost elements.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Example:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Category 01, known as the ‘general primary cost elements,’ is used in standard primary postings from FI or MM into CO.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Category 22 is used to settle order/project costs, or cost object costs to objects outside of CO (such as assets, materials, GL accounts, etc.).&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;b style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;How do you Automatically Create ‘Cost Elements’?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;You will be able to create ‘cost elements’ automatically by specifying the cost element, the cost element interval, and the cost element category for the cost elements. All these are achieved by creating default settings. The creation of cost elements is done in the background.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;The primary cost elements can be created only when you have the corresponding GL accounts in the chart of accounts of the Company Code. Even though the GL account names are used as the names of the primary cost elements thus created by the system, you have the option of changing these names in CO. All the secondary cost elements are created in CO; the name of these cost elements comes from the cost element category.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Click below links for more SAP CO Interview Questions and Answers&amp;nbsp;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://allinterviewz.blogspot.com/2012/08/sap-co-interview-2.html&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;SAP CO Interview 2&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://allinterviewz.blogspot.com/2012/08/sap-co-interview-3.html&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;SAP CO Interview 3&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/span&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://allinterviewz.blogspot.com/feeds/4880129169946603496/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://allinterviewz.blogspot.com/2012/08/sap-co-interview-1.html#comment-form' title='4 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/6538092637525795247/posts/default/4880129169946603496'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/6538092637525795247/posts/default/4880129169946603496'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://allinterviewz.blogspot.com/2012/08/sap-co-interview-1.html' title='SAP CO Interview 1'/><author><name>Unknown</name><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='https://img1.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>4</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-6538092637525795247.post-6767137697917740635</id><published>2012-08-07T20:42:00.002-07:00</published><updated>2012-08-13T19:47:13.457-07:00</updated><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="SAP"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="SAP FI"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="SAP FI Interview"/><title type='text'>SAP FI Interview</title><content type='html'>&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Explain ‘Financial Accounting (FI)’ in SAP.&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The ‘FI (Financial Accounting)’ module of SAP is the back-bone, which records, collects, and processes financial transactions or information on a real-time basis to provide the necessary inputs for external (statutory) reporting. The module is integrated with other modules (such as Material Management (MM), Sales &amp;amp; Distribution (SD), Human Resources (HR), Production Planning (PP), Controlling (CO), etc.). The module FI has several submodules that are tightly integrated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;What are the ‘Submodules’ within FI?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;b style=&quot;text-decoration: underline;&quot;&gt;FI-AA Asset Accounting&lt;/b&gt;:&amp;nbsp;Integrated with FI-GL, FI-AR, FI-AP, CO, MM, PP and PM, this module manages the financial side (depreciation, insurance, etc.) of the assets throughout their entire lifecycle starting with procurement of assets and ending with scrapping or sales.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;u style=&quot;font-weight: bold;&quot;&gt;FI-AP Accounts Payable&lt;/u&gt;:&amp;nbsp;Integrated with FI-GL, FI-AA, FI-TR and MM, this submodule manages vendor transactions by linking with material management, asset accounting, travel management, etc. Notable is the ‘payment program’ for making payments to vendors.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;u style=&quot;font-weight: bold;&quot;&gt;FI-AR Accounts Receivable&lt;/u&gt;:&amp;nbsp;Integrated with FI-GL, FI-AA, FI-TR, MM and SD, this submodule manages customers and receivables, and integrates with SD. It is well-known for credit management functionalities and the ‘dunning’ program.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;b&gt;FI-BL Bank Accounting&amp;nbsp;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;b&gt;FI-FM Funds Management&amp;nbsp;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;u style=&quot;font-weight: bold;&quot;&gt;FI-GL General Ledger Accounting&lt;/u&gt;:&amp;nbsp;This submodule is integrated with all other submodules within FI and outside FI.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;u style=&quot;font-weight: bold;&quot;&gt;FI-SL Special Purpose Ledger&lt;/u&gt;:&amp;nbsp;This submodule is used to provide the summary information from multiple applications at a level of detail that the user defines.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;b style=&quot;text-decoration: underline;&quot;&gt;FI-LC Legal Consolidations&lt;/b&gt;:&amp;nbsp;This submodule helps in the central task of combining the financial operating results of the companies within a group to provide overall results for the group.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;b&gt;FI-TM Travel Management&amp;nbsp;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b style=&quot;color: #0b5394;&quot;&gt;Name the Submodules Within FI, from Which FI-GL Gets Simultaneous Postings.&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Accounts Receivable (FI-AR)&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Accounts Payable (FI-AP)&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Asset Accounting (FI-AA)&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b style=&quot;color: #0b5394;&quot;&gt;Name Three Distinct Characteristics of FI-GL.&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Multi-currency capability&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Flexible real-time reporting&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Real-time transaction entries&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://allinterviewz.blogspot.com/feeds/6767137697917740635/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://allinterviewz.blogspot.com/2012/08/sap-fi-interview_7.html#comment-form' title='4 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/6538092637525795247/posts/default/6767137697917740635'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/6538092637525795247/posts/default/6767137697917740635'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://allinterviewz.blogspot.com/2012/08/sap-fi-interview_7.html' title='SAP FI Interview'/><author><name>Unknown</name><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='https://img1.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>4</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-6538092637525795247.post-282779021926166754</id><published>2012-08-07T20:26:00.002-07:00</published><updated>2012-08-13T19:48:09.879-07:00</updated><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="SAP"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="SAP ABAP"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="SAP ABAP Interview"/><title type='text'>SAP ABAP Interview</title><content type='html'>&lt;b style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;What is an &#39;Instance&#39;?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;An &#39;Instance&#39; is an administrative unit that groups together components of an SAP R/3 system or simply an Application Server, which has its own set of work processes. A Client can contain many instances. Loosely defined, an instance refers to a server.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Sometimes the database is also referred to as an ‘instance.’ In this case it is called the ‘Central Instance.’&amp;nbsp;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;What do You Mean by the ‘SAP R/3 System Landscape’?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;The ‘System Landscape,’ in SAP, refers to a number of systems and their deployment within an SAP installation. The various systems may be designated as Development, Test, and Production Clients.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;What is an ‘R/3 Data Dictionary’?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;The ‘Data Dictionary’ is a collection of logical structures of various objects (Tables, Views, or Structures) used in application development in SAP, which shows how they are mapped to the underlying RDBMS in Tables/Views.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;What is an &#39;SAP Business Object&#39;?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;An ‘SAP Business Object’ is similar to real-world business objects such as Sales Order, Invoice, Employee, etc., which consist of various tables/programs that are related to each other in a business context. All the business objects are maintained in the &#39;BOR (Business Object Repository)&#39;.&amp;nbsp;The various characteristics of an object are called &#39;Attributes&#39;.&amp;nbsp;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;For example, the business object Sales Order is characterized by the following attributes:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Date of the order&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Items of the order&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Prices of various items of the order&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Name of the customer to whom the order belongs to&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;The application program or programs used by the system to change or manipulate a business object are known as Method(s). For example, a program could be used to (a) check the availability of stock to deliver, (b) trace the shipment route, (c) check the item prices, (d) validate the order date, etc.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;So, attributes and methods collectively represent business objects in SAP.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Explain ‘Client-Dependent’ and ‘Client-Independent’ Tables.&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;There are certain tables, in SAP, which when changed will not affect similar tables in other Clients. These are known as ‘&lt;b&gt;Client-Dependent&lt;/b&gt;’ tables. All Client-dependent tables have Mandt as their first field.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;On the other hand, if a change made in one Client is reflected in another table across various Clients, then such a table is called ‘&lt;b&gt;Client-Independent&lt;/b&gt;’ In this case, the first field of the table will not be ‘Mandt.’ You need to be extra careful when changing the settings or content of these tables as this will affect all the Clients.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;What are the Different ‘Types’ of ‘ABAP/4 Programs’?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;There are nine types of ABAP/4 programs in SAP:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;1 &amp;nbsp; Executable Programs (ABAP Reports)&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;I &amp;nbsp; INCLUDE Program&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;M &amp;nbsp; Module Pool/Dialogue programs&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;S &amp;nbsp; Sub-Routine Pool&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;J &amp;nbsp; Interface Pool&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;K &amp;nbsp; Class Pool&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;T &amp;nbsp; Type Pool&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;F &amp;nbsp; Function Group&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;X &amp;nbsp; XSLT Program&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;b style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;What are ‘Internal Tables’?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;‘Internal Tables’ are standard data type objects which exist only during the Runtime of an ABAP/4 program. They are used to perform table calculations on subsets of database tables and for re-organizing the contents of database tables according to a user’s need. Internal tables fulfil the need for arrays in ABAP/4.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;There are three types of internal tables:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Standard Tables with a ‘linear’ index. The key is always ‘non-unique.’&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Sorted Tables with either a ‘unique’ or ‘non-unique’ key.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Hashed Tables (they do not have a linear index) with the key defined always as ‘unique.’&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;b style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;What is a ‘Logical Database’?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;A ‘Logical Database’ is a special data-retrieval program delivered by SAP, with its own dynamic Selection Screens. You need to code only the processing logic (GET, CHECK, etc., statements). The logical database consists of a ‘read’ program in which the structure of the local database is reproduced with a selection screen.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Advantages:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Check functions to validate that user input is complete and correct.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Meaningful data selection.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Central authorization checks for database accesses.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Excellent read access performance while retaining the hierarchical data view determined by the application logic.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;b style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;What are the Two Methods for Modifying SAP ‘Standard Tables’?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;You can modify SAP ‘Standard Tables’ using:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Append Structures&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Customizing INCLUDES&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;b style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;What is ‘BDC’ Programming in SAP?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;‘BDC (Batch Data Conversion)’ is an automated procedure for transferring large volumes of external or legacy data into the SAP system using batch input programming. There are three ways to do this:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Call Transaction Method&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Session Method&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Direct Input Method&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;Irrespective of the method, the techniques use the following steps:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Identify the screens of the transaction that the program will process.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Write a program to build the BDC table that will be used to submit the data (i.e., text file) to SAP.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Submit the BDC table to the system in the ‘batch mode’ or as a ‘single transaction’ by the CALL TRANSACTION command.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;The ‘Call Transaction’ method cannot be used when you want to process multiple transactions. Instead, use the ‘BDC-insert function’ to achieve this.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;What is the ‘BAPI’?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;The ‘BAPI (Business Application Programming Interface)’ is SAP’s standardized application interface for integrating third party applications with SAP’s business processes and data thereby providing an entry into the R/3 system. A BAPI may be used to create a ‘business object’ or to change the attributes of a business object. Note that the assignment of a BAPI to a business object is always 1-to-1.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;A BAPI Explorer helps you to move around the collection of BAPIs in the system, which is grouped both hierarchically and alphabetically. For each BAPI in the explorer, you are provided with several tabs for details, documentation, tools, and projects (to create new BAPIs).&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;A BAPI can:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Create a Purchase Order&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Change a Purchase Requisition&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Create a Customer&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Display an Invoice&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;b style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;What is ‘ALE’?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;‘ALE (Application Link Enabling)’ is used to support the construction and operation of distributed applications, through the exchange of data messages ensuring data consistency across loosely coupled SAP applications, using both ‘synchronous’ and ‘asynchronous’ communications without the need for a central database.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;ALE is comprised of three layers:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Application services&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Distribution services&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Communication services&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;b style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;ALE helps to:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Distribute applications across several SAP systems, such that centralized/decentralized functions can operate in the same company area.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Maintain and distribute master data elements from a central system.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Maintain and distribute control data objects from a central system with the synchronized configuration data (important to decentralize functions yet keep them integrated).&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Link R/2 and R/3 systems.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Link SAP and external systems, via IDocs (Intermediate Documents).&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;b style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;Is ‘SAP XI’ Intended to Replace ‘ALE’?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Most ALE solutions are custom built with very little re-usability and scalability. The introduction of SAP XI along with the NetWeaver technology replaces ALE with out-of-box functionality available in SAP XI.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;What is an ‘RFC’?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;A ‘Remote Function Call (RFC)’ is a call to a ‘function module’ running in a system different from the ‘calling-system.’ The remote function can also be called from within the same system (as a ‘remote call’), but usually the ‘calling-system’ and the ‘called-system’ will be in different systems.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;An RFC helps to take care of the following communication:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Communications between two independent SAP systems.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Client-server communications between an external Client and an SAP system acting as the server.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Client-server communications between an SAP System acting as the Client and an external server.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;b style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;What is ‘OLE’?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;For the Windows front-end, SAP provides interfaces based on Microsoft’s ‘Object Linking and Embedding’ Technology (OLE Automation) for embedding objects such as Microsoft Excel files.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;What is a ‘Match Code’ in SAP?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;‘Match Codes’ (now known as Search Help with release 4.6) help to search and retrieve data when the key of a record is not known. The technique involves (a) creating a ‘Match Code Object’ (now known as a ‘Search Help Object’) and (b) specifying a ‘Match Code ID.’ The system helps you to access the match codes (search help) in the following ways:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Keeping the cursor in the field, and then pressing ‘F4.’&amp;nbsp;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Keeping the cursor in the field, clicking the ‘right’ button on the mouse, and then selecting ‘possible entries.’&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Keeping the cursor in the field, and then clicking on the ‘magnifying glass.’&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;b style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;What is a ‘Drill-down’ Report?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;A ‘&lt;b&gt;Drill-Down Report&lt;/b&gt;,’ also called an Interactive Report, is a report with more detail. Imagine that you are looking at a Balance Sheet, presented as a ‘drill-down’ report.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;The topmost list, also known as the ‘&lt;b&gt;Basic List&lt;/b&gt;,’ contains the top-level information such as current assets, fixed assets, etc., under the grouping ‘assets’ on one side of the Balance Sheet. The ‘drill-down’ functionality helps you select a line item from the Basic List (e.g., fixed assets) and ‘drill-down’ further to a detailed list (‘secondary list’) which displays various components of the fixed assets such as land, buildings, machinery, etc. You may ‘drill-down’ even further by doubleclicking the ‘building’ line, which will bring up the next detailed list and so on.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;You will be able to create a ‘drill-down’ report with a maximum ‘drill’ level of 20; that is, including the Basic List you will have a total of 21 levels in a single ‘drill-down’ report.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;What is ‘ALV’ Programming in ABAP?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;SAP provides a set of ‘ABAP List viewer (ALV)’ function modules, which can be used to enhance the readability and functionality of any report output. This is particularly useful in a situation where the output of a report contains columns extending 255 characters in length. In such cases, this set of ALV functions can help the user to choose and arrange columns from a report output and also save different variants for report display. This is very efficient for dynamically sorting and arranging the columns and provides a wide array of display options.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;What is ‘DynPro’?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;‘DynPro’ in SAP refers to Dynamic Programming relating to the screens and ‘flow logic,’ which controls the processing and display of these screens. On a broader scale, a screen is also referred to as a ‘DynPro.’&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;What is an ‘ABAP/4 Query’?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;‘ABAP/4 Query’ (also known as an SAP Query or Query) is a powerful tool used to generate simple reports without any coding. Typically, an ABAP/4 query is created first by defining a User Group and a Functional Group. The functional group can either be created with reference to a ‘logical’ table or a database table. Once the functional group is defined, the user group is assigned to the functional group. The last step is to create the query on the functional group that is generated.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;An ABAP/4 Query can be used to create the following three types of reports:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Basic Lists: Reports with basic formatting without any calculated fields.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Statistics: Reports with statistical functions such as average, percentages, etc.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Ranked Lists: Ranked lists are used for analytical purposes.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;b style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;What are the Components of ‘SAPscript’?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;‘SAPscript’ is the SAP System’s own text-processing system. SAPscript is tightly integrated and used for many text-processing tasks. SAP Standard Styles and Layout Sets are always held in Client 000.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Layout Sets are used for the Page Layout of SAPscript documents. A ‘layout set’ has the following elements:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Header Data&lt;/b&gt;: Data related to development (created by, development class, etc.) and the layout set information (which elements are used) are both stored in the header data. A start page must be entered here.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Paragraph Formats&lt;/b&gt;: Paragraph formats are required in layout sets. However, they are also used for word processing in layout sets, for example, to format text elements.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Character Formats&lt;/b&gt;: You can also use character formats to format texts or paragraphs. Unlike paragraph formats, however, they are used to format text within a paragraph.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Windows&lt;/b&gt;: Windows are names and window types, which are not physically positioned until they are allocated to pages and units of measurement are specified.&amp;nbsp;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Pages&lt;/b&gt;: Pages are defined to provide the system with a start and end point in text formatting.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Page Windows&lt;/b&gt;: Page windows are the combination of windows and pages, where the dimensions of a window and its position on a page are specified.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;b style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;Why Do We Need ‘Enhancements’?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;The standard R/3 application may not offer some of the functionality you need for a particular customer or for a particular situation. The R/3 ‘Enhancement’ functionality allows you to add your own functionality to SAP’s standard business applications or modify the standard one to suit the particular need.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;The enhancement may be done through:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;b&gt;&lt;u&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/u&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;b&gt;&lt;u&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Customer exits&amp;nbsp;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/u&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Customers’ potential requirements, which do not form a part of the standard software, are incorporated in the standard R/3 as empty modification ‘shells.’ Customers can then fill these with their own coding. SAP guarantees that all such exists will remain valid across all future releases. The customer exits include:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Menu Exits&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Screen Exits&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Function Module Exits&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Keyword Exits&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;b style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;u&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;ABAP/4 Dictionary Elements&amp;nbsp;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/u&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;These are ABAP/4 Dictionary Enhancements (creation of table appends), Text Enhancements (customer-specific keywords and documentation for data elements), and Field Exits (creation of additional coding for data elements).&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Differentiate ‘Screen Painter’ from ‘Menu Painter.’&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;‘Screen Painter’ is an ABAP Workbench tool used to create or modify the screens for your transactions. The screen painter allows you to make modifications to screen attributes, the flow control logic, or the layout.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;‘Menu Painter’ is a tool used to design the interface components. Status, Menu Bars, Menu Lists, F-key settings, Functions, and Titles are the components of Menu Painter.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Both the screen painter and menu painter are graphical interfaces of ABAP/4 applications.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;What is a ‘Modification Assistant’?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;The ‘Modification Assistant’ is the tool that offers you support when making modifications to the standard, by branching to a ‘special modification mode’ whenever you are modifying objects from the standard in an ABAP workbench editor. Originals are initially protected in this mode and can only be changed with the help of the additional ‘pushbuttons’ that are placed at your disposal.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;All changes that you make to the system are logged with the help of the Modification Assistant. This provides you with a detailed overview of modifications that is easy to read and that dramatically reduces the amount of effort needed to upgrade your system.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;The Modification Assistant offers support in the following areas:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;ABAP Editor&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Class Builder&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Screen Painter&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Menu Painter&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Text Element maintenance&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Function Builder&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;ABAP Dictionary&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;If an object can be edited using the Modification Assistant, a dialogue box appears the first time that you attempt to edit that object informing you that editing functions are limited in modification mode. This dialogue box appears exactly once per user for each of the various kinds of transport objects.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;What is a ‘Spool Request’?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;‘Spool Requests’ are generated during ‘dialogue’ or ‘background’ processing and placed in the spool database with information about the printer and print format. The actual data is placed in the Tem Se (Temporary Sequential objects).&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;What is the ‘CTS’?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;The ‘Change and Transport System (CTS)’ is a tool that helps to organize development projects (in the ABAP workbench) and customize data (in customizing), and then move/transport these changes between the SAP Systems/Clients in your system landscape. An example is moving the configuration settings from ‘development’ to ‘test’ and finally to the ‘production’ Client. The changes (such as the creation of a new Company Code, changing a document type, etc.) are assigned to a ‘transport request’ and transported by the Basis or System Administrator.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;What is a ‘Transport’?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;A ‘Transport’ in SAP is nothing but the transfer of R/3 System components from one system to another. The components to be transported are specified in the object list of a transport request.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Each ‘transport’ consists of an ‘export process’ and an ‘import process’:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;The export process reads objects from the source system and stores them in a data file at the operating system level.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;The import process reads objects from the data file and writes them to the database of the target system.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;The system maintains a ‘transport log’ of all actions during export and import. The ‘transport organizer’ helps to manage the transports in SAP.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;How do You Find Out Who has ‘Transported’ a ‘Transport Request’?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Look at Table &lt;b&gt;TPLOG &lt;/b&gt;(go there using the Transaction Code SE16) and input the transport name in the &lt;b&gt;CMDSTRING &lt;/b&gt;field with ′*.′ Example: *PZDK980001*&amp;nbsp;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;What is an ‘Authorization’ in SAP?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;An ‘Authorization’ is the process of giving someone permission to do or have something. In multi-user SAP systems, a SAP Basis Administrator defines for the system which users are allowed access to the system and what privileges of use each user gets (such as access to transactions, etc.).&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Explain the ‘Client’ concept of SAP.&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;A ‘Client’ is the top-most organizational structure, which has its own set of master records. A Client is denoted by a 3-character alphanumeric code in SAP, and is a mandatory element. The settings made at the Client level, data maintained, etc., are available across all the Company Codes. A Client should have at least one Company Code defined.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;SAP comes delivered with Clients 001 and 002, which contain all the default settings. Usually, copying from the default Clients creates additional and new Clients.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Typically, in SAP, you will have different ‘types’ of Clients; namely:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Development Client&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Test Client&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Production Client&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;In any implementation, you must have at least three types of Clients as mentioned above. There are some companies where you will have more than three. These include:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Development Client&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Test Client&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Quality Assurance Client&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Training Client&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Production Client&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;A ‘&lt;/span&gt;&lt;b style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;Development Client&lt;/b&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;’ is also called a ‘sand box’ Client and is sometimes known as a ‘play’ Client. This is the logical place in the SAP system where you try out new configurations, write new programs, etc. This is the place, as the name suggests, where you can ‘play’ around before finalizing a scenario for customization.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Once you are okay with the configuration or a new program, you will then move it manually (transport) to the ‘&lt;b&gt;Test Client&lt;/b&gt;’ where you will carry out all the tests (both modular and integration). The end-users are provided with the training using the ‘training’ Client. Sometimes both the ‘test’ and ‘training’ Client are in a single ‘instance.’ The ‘quality assurance’ Client helps with necessary quality checks before something is ready to be passed on to the ‘production’ Client.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;After satisfactory results, it will be transported (automatically) to the ‘&lt;b&gt;Production Client&lt;/b&gt;’ (also called the ‘&lt;b&gt;Golden Client&lt;/b&gt;’). You will not be able to make any modifications, manually, to the ‘production’ Client and the authorization is very limited because this Client is responsible for day-to-day business transactions and any issues here will jeopardize all business operations, which is why this is also called the ‘live’ Client.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Do not confuse this term with the ‘Client’ that denotes a customer in normal business parlance.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;How can You Find the Field/Data Underlying a ‘Transaction’?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;A common way to find the technical data underlying a transaction is to place your cursor in the field, press the key ‘F1,’ and then click on the button ‘Technical Data’ to see the details. This works as long as you are looking at the ‘transparent’ Table. If the information is populated from a ‘structure,’ then this will not help you because the ‘structure’ may be populated from a number of sources including some ‘includes,’ and may also contain some calculated fields. If the ‘include’ is in fact a table, then chances are your data comes from that table. Check to see if there is a ‘logical’ database in the business area you are looking at. Looking at the ‘structure’ of the ‘logical’ database often reveals the tables used to drive that business area. Also check to see if the field name you are looking for is in any of the tables. Logical databases can also be useful in determining how tables are linked together.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;You may also use other methods (listed below) to zero-in on the field. You can perform any of these, in isolation or in combination, until you find what you are looking for:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Debugging&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;SQL Trace&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Run-time Analysis&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;Start the ‘transaction’ in &lt;/span&gt;&lt;b style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;Debug mode&lt;/b&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;. Set a ‘watch-point’ for the structure-field you are interested in. When the debugger ‘breaks,’ look at the lines just above the ‘break-point.’ This will show where the field was populated. This may be a ‘structure,’ in which case you will restart the process using that ‘structure’ as a ‘watch-point.’&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Turn &lt;b&gt;SQL Trace&lt;/b&gt; on, and run your transaction. Switch the ‘trace’ off, and examine the log. This will detail the tables hit, and the order in which they were hit. Not all tables hit will be displayed; for example, configuration tables tend not to show up, as they are buffered.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;The &lt;b&gt;Runtime Analysis&lt;/b&gt; will show all tables accessed by the transaction.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Explain ‘LSMW.’&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;The ‘LSMW (Legacy System Migration Workbench)’ is a free SAP-based tool that supports the one-time or periodic transfers of data from non-SAP systems to SAP. The LSMW can be used in conjunction with the Data Transfer Workbench. The LSMW assists in organizing your data migration project and guides you through the process by using a clear sequence of steps. The most common conversion rules are predefined. Reusable conversion rules assure consistent data conversion for different data objects.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;The LSMW performs the following steps:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Reads the legacy data from one or several files (such as spreadsheets or sequential files)&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Converts the data from source format to target format&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Imports the data using standard interfaces (Batch Input, Direct Input, BAPI, IDoc, etc.)&amp;nbsp;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;b style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;How do You Transport ‘LSMW’ Data from One System to Another?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;There are two ways to do this:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Export/Import method. With this method, you have the flexibility of subprojects or objects that need to be transported. Use the Menu Path ‘LSMW&amp;gt;Extras&amp;gt;Export project.’&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Transport request. With this method, you will not be able to select the objects, and the project as a whole is transported. Use the Menu Path ‘LSMW&amp;gt;Extras &amp;gt;Create change request.’&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;b style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;Can You Transport ‘Variants’ of Multiple Programs in One Step?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;Yes. Use program RSTRANSP using Transaction Code: SE38.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #0b5394; font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;What is ‘SAPNet’?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;&quot;&gt;The ‘SAPNet’ R/3 Front-end provides a remote connection to SAP’s service and support group to provide assistance in the event of an implementation project system or production system problem. Additionally, the SAPNet R/3 Front-end provides information on the latest high-priority SAP system information, including error alarm messages that help you prevent problems before they occur. You can also find release, installation, upgrade, and migration information. This functionality is included in the standard SAP R/3 Basis System. Connection is made using ISDN or a leased line through the project’s telecommunications service provider.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://allinterviewz.blogspot.com/feeds/282779021926166754/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://allinterviewz.blogspot.com/2012/08/sap-abap-interview-1.html#comment-form' title='3 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/6538092637525795247/posts/default/282779021926166754'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/6538092637525795247/posts/default/282779021926166754'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://allinterviewz.blogspot.com/2012/08/sap-abap-interview-1.html' title='SAP ABAP Interview'/><author><name>Unknown</name><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='https://img1.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>3</thr:total></entry></feed>